Attached files

file filename
EX-31.B - EXHIBIT 31.B - TRUSTMARK CORPex31_b.htm
EX-32.B - EXHIBIT 32.B - TRUSTMARK CORPex32_b.htm
EX-31.A - EXHIBIT 31.A - TRUSTMARK CORPex31_a.htm
EX-32.A - EXHIBIT 32.A - TRUSTMARK CORPex32_a.htm

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-Q

QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2015
 
or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ___________________ to ___________________

 
Commission file number 000-03683

 
Trustmark Corporation
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
 
Mississippi
 
64-0471500
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

248 East Capitol Street, Jackson, Mississippi
 
39201
(Address of principal executive offices)
 
(Zip Code)

 
(601) 208-5111
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.     Yes           No
 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes           No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b of the Exchange Act.
 
 
Large accelerated filer
 
Accelerated filer
 
Non-accelerated filer  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
 
Smaller reporting company 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).     Yes           No
 
As of July 31, 2015, there were 67,557,395 shares outstanding of the registrant’s common stock (no par value).
 

 

Forward-Looking Statements

Certain statements contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q constitute forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  You can identify forward-looking statements by words such as “may,” “hope,” “will,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “potential,” “continue,” “could,” “future” or the negative of those terms or other words of similar meaning.  You should read statements that contain these words carefully because they discuss our future expectations or state other “forward-looking” information.  These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements relating to anticipated future operating and financial performance measures, including net interest margin, credit quality, business initiatives, growth opportunities and growth rates, among other things, and encompass any estimate, prediction, expectation, projection, opinion, anticipation, outlook or statement of belief included therein as well as the management assumptions underlying these forward-looking statements.  You should be aware that the occurrence of the events described under the caption “Risk Factors” in Trustmark’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.  Should one or more of these risks materialize, or should any such underlying assumptions prove to be significantly different, actual results may vary significantly from those anticipated, estimated, projected or expected.

Risks that could cause actual results to differ materially from current expectations of Management include, but are not limited to, changes in the level of nonperforming assets and charge-offs, local, state and national economic and market conditions, including the extent and duration of the current volatility in the credit and financial markets as well as crude oil prices, changes in our ability to measure the fair value of assets in our portfolio, material changes in the level and/or volatility of market interest rates, the performance and demand for the products and services we offer, including the level and timing of withdrawals from our deposit accounts, the costs and effects of litigation and of unexpected or adverse outcomes in such litigation, our ability to attract noninterest-bearing deposits and other low-cost funds, competition in loan and deposit pricing, as well as the entry of new competitors into our markets through de novo expansion and acquisitions, economic conditions, including the potential impact of issues relating to the European financial system, and monetary and other governmental actions designed to address the level and volatility of interest rates and the volatility of securities, currency and other markets, the enactment of legislation and changes in existing regulations, or enforcement practices, or the adoption of new regulations, changes in accounting standards and practices, including changes in the interpretation of existing standards, that affect our consolidated financial statements, changes in consumer spending, borrowings and savings habits, technological changes, changes in the financial performance or condition of our borrowers, changes in our ability to control expenses, changes in our compensation and benefit plans, greater than expected costs or difficulties related to the integration of acquisitions or new products and lines of business, natural disasters, environmental disasters, acts of war or terrorism, and other risks described in our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to be correct.  Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update or revise any of this information, whether as the result of new information, future events or developments or otherwise.
 
2

PART I.  FINANCIAL INFORMATION
ITEM 1.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
($ in thousands)

   
(Unaudited)
June 30,
2015
   
December 31,
2014
 
Assets
       
Cash and due from banks (noninterest-bearing)
 
$
255,050
   
$
315,973
 
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
   
-
     
1,885
 
Securities available for sale (at fair value)
   
2,446,383
     
2,374,567
 
Securities held to maturity (fair value: $1,200,217-2015; $1,182,846-2014)
   
1,190,161
     
1,170,685
 
Loans held for sale (LHFS) (includes $128,329 and $91,182 measured at fair value)
   
147,539
     
132,196
 
Loans held for investment (LHFI)
   
6,447,073
     
6,449,469
 
Less allowance for loan losses, LHFI
   
71,166
     
69,616
 
Net LHFI
   
6,375,907
     
6,379,853
 
Acquired loans:
               
Noncovered loans
   
447,160
     
525,783
 
Covered loans
   
19,239
     
23,626
 
Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
   
12,629
     
12,059
 
Net acquired loans
   
453,770
     
537,350
 
Net LHFI and acquired loans
   
6,829,677
     
6,917,203
 
Premises and equipment, net
   
196,220
     
200,781
 
Mortgage servicing rights
   
71,422
     
64,358
 
Goodwill
   
365,500
     
365,500
 
Identifiable intangible assets
   
32,042
     
33,234
 
Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate
   
90,748
     
92,509
 
Covered other real estate
   
3,755
     
6,060
 
FDIC indemnification asset
   
2,632
     
6,997
 
Other assets
   
551,319
     
568,685
 
Total Assets
 
$
12,182,448
   
$
12,250,633
 
                 
Liabilities
               
Deposits:
               
Noninterest-bearing
 
$
2,819,171
   
$
2,748,635
 
Interest-bearing
   
6,973,003
     
6,949,723
 
Total deposits
   
9,792,174
     
9,698,358
 
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
   
477,462
     
443,543
 
Short-term borrowings
   
201,744
     
425,077
 
Long-term FHLB advances
   
1,204
     
1,253
 
Subordinated notes
   
49,953
     
49,936
 
Junior subordinated debt securities
   
61,856
     
61,856
 
Other liabilities
   
147,646
     
150,670
 
Total Liabilities
   
10,732,039
     
10,830,693
 
                 
Shareholders' Equity
               
Common stock, no par value:
               
Authorized:  250,000,000 shares
Issued and outstanding:  67,557,395 shares - 2015;
67,481,992 shares - 2014
   
14,076
     
14,060
 
Capital surplus
   
359,533
     
356,244
 
Retained earnings
   
1,117,993
     
1,092,120
 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax
   
(41,193
)
   
(42,484
)
Total Shareholders' Equity
   
1,450,409
     
1,419,940
 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
 
$
12,182,448
   
$
12,250,633
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
3

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Income
($ in thousands except per share data)
(Unaudited)

   
Three Months Ended
June 30,
   
Six Months Ended
June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2015
   
2014
 
Interest Income
               
Interest and fees on LHFS & LHFI
 
$
68,167
   
$
66,343
   
$
134,378
   
$
129,417
 
Interest and fees on acquired loans
   
12,557
     
23,250
     
27,635
     
40,036
 
Interest on securities:
                               
Taxable
   
19,731
     
19,522
     
39,317
     
38,742
 
Tax exempt
   
1,097
     
1,243
     
2,260
     
2,491
 
Interest on federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
   
2
     
6
     
2
     
11
 
Other interest income
   
392
     
379
     
785
     
754
 
Total Interest Income
   
101,946
     
110,743
     
204,377
     
211,451
 
Interest Expense
                               
Interest on deposits
   
3,204
     
3,970
     
6,451
     
8,335
 
Interest on federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
   
179
     
110
     
322
     
186
 
Other interest expense
   
1,614
     
1,375
     
3,263
     
2,738
 
Total Interest Expense
   
4,997
     
5,455
     
10,036
     
11,259
 
Net Interest Income
   
96,949
     
105,288
     
194,341
     
200,192
 
Provision for loan losses, LHFI
   
1,033
     
351
     
2,818
     
(454
)
Provision for loan losses, acquired loans
   
825
     
3,784
     
1,172
     
3,847
 
Net Interest Income After Provision for Loan Losses
   
95,091
     
101,153
     
190,351
     
196,799
 
Noninterest Income
                               
Service charges on deposit accounts
   
11,920
     
11,846
     
23,005
     
23,414
 
Bank card and other fees
   
7,416
     
9,894
     
14,178
     
18,975
 
Mortgage banking, net
   
9,481
     
6,191
     
18,446
     
13,020
 
Insurance commissions
   
9,401
     
8,300
     
18,017
     
16,397
 
Wealth management
   
7,758
     
7,710
     
15,748
     
15,845
 
Other, net
   
(433
)
   
199
     
(1,488
)
   
178
 
Security gains, net
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
389
 
Total Noninterest Income
   
45,543
     
44,140
     
87,906
     
88,218
 
Noninterest Expense
                               
Salaries and employee benefits
   
57,393
     
56,134
     
114,562
     
112,860
 
Services and fees
   
15,005
     
14,543
     
29,126
     
27,708
 
Net occupancy - premises
   
6,243
     
6,413
     
12,434
     
13,019
 
Equipment expense
   
5,903
     
6,136
     
11,877
     
12,274
 
ORE/Foreclosure expense
   
921
     
3,836
     
2,036
     
7,151
 
FDIC assessment expense
   
2,615
     
2,468
     
5,555
     
4,884
 
Other expense
   
12,186
     
13,231
     
23,892
     
26,483
 
Total Noninterest Expense
   
100,266
     
102,761
     
199,482
     
204,379
 
Income Before Income Taxes
   
40,368
     
42,532
     
78,775
     
80,638
 
Income taxes
   
9,766
     
9,635
     
19,025
     
18,738
 
Net Income
 
$
30,602
   
$
32,897
   
$
59,750
   
$
61,900
 
                                 
Earnings Per Share
                               
Basic
 
$
0.45
   
$
0.49
   
$
0.88
   
$
0.92
 
Diluted
 
$
0.45
   
$
0.49
   
$
0.88
   
$
0.92
 
                                 
Dividends Per Share
 
$
0.23
   
$
0.23
   
$
0.46
   
$
0.46
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
4

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
($ in thousands)
(Unaudited)

   
Three Months Ended
   
Six Months Ended
 
   
June 30,
   
June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2015
   
2014
 
Net income per consolidated statements of income
 
$
30,602
   
$
32,897
   
$
59,750
   
$
61,900
 
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax:
                               
Unrealized (losses) gains on available for sale securities and transferred securities:
                               
Unrealized holding (losses) gains arising during the period
   
(13,951
)
   
6,767
     
(2,565
)
   
10,996
 
Less: adjustment for net gains realized in net income
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
(240
)
Change in net unrealized holding losses on securities transferred to held to maturity
   
1,021
     
910
     
1,895
     
1,733
 
Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:
                               
Net change in prior service costs
   
38
     
38
     
77
     
77
 
Recognized net loss due to lump sum settlement
   
296
     
231
     
553
     
463
 
Change in net actuarial loss
   
751
     
556
     
1,505
     
1,115
 
Derivatives:
                               
Change in the accumulated loss on effective cash flow hedge derivatives
   
174
     
(562
)
   
(434
)
   
(970
)
Less: adjustment for loss realized in net income
   
130
     
-
     
260
     
-
 
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax
   
(11,541
)
   
7,940
     
1,291
     
13,174
 
Comprehensive income
 
$
19,061
   
$
40,837
   
$
61,041
   
$
75,074
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
5

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders' Equity
($ in thousands)
(Unaudited)

   
2015
   
2014
 
Balance, January 1,
 
$
1,419,940
   
$
1,354,953
 
Net income per consolidated statements of income
   
59,750
     
61,900
 
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
   
1,291
     
13,174
 
Common stock dividends paid
   
(31,294
)
   
(31,224
)
Common stock issued-net, long-term incentive plan
   
(842
)
   
(795
)
Excess tax expense from stock-based compensation arrangements
   
(217
)
   
(353
)
Compensation expense, long-term incentive plans
   
1,781
     
2,236
 
Balance, June 30,
 
$
1,450,409
   
$
1,399,891
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
6

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
($ in thousands)
(Unaudited)

   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Operating Activities
       
Net income
 
$
59,750
   
$
61,900
 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
               
Provision for loan losses, net
   
3,990
     
3,393
 
Depreciation and amortization
   
18,529
     
17,956
 
Net amortization of securities
   
4,355
     
3,964
 
Securities gains, net
   
-
     
(389
)
Gains on sales of loans, net
   
(8,828
)
   
(4,584
)
Deferred income tax provision
   
9,700
     
14,000
 
Proceeds from sales of loans held for sale
   
588,771
     
402,463
 
Purchases and originations of loans held for sale
   
(617,089
)
   
(394,266
)
Originations and sales of mortgage servicing rights, net
   
(8,157
)
   
(5,179
)
Increase in bank-owned life insurance
   
(2,370
)
   
(2,337
)
Net decrease (increase) in other assets
   
10,464
     
(99
)
Net decrease in other liabilities
   
(2,427
)
   
(15,827
)
Other operating activities, net
   
(1,015
)
   
10,151
 
Net cash provided by operating activities
   
55,673
     
91,146
 
                 
Investing Activities
               
Proceeds from calls and maturities of securities held to maturity
   
62,454
     
39,903
 
Proceeds from calls and maturities of securities available for sale
   
218,337
     
166,089
 
Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale
   
-
     
26,274
 
Purchases of securities held to maturity
   
(48,946
)
   
(25,252
)
Purchases of securities available for sale
   
(328,576
)
   
(360,703
)
Proceeds from bank owned life insurance
   
655
     
-
 
Net decrease in federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
   
1,885
     
2,253
 
Net decrease in member bank stock
   
3,815
     
-
 
Net decrease (increase) in loans
   
65,186
     
(256,722
)
Purchases of premises and equipment
   
(6,062
)
   
(6,132
)
Proceeds from sales of premises and equipment
   
2,895
     
4,632
 
Proceeds from sales of other real estate
   
22,453
     
21,672
 
Purchases of software
   
(4,490
)
   
-
 
Investments in tax credit and other partnerships
   
(116
)
   
-
 
Net cash used in investing activities
   
(10,510
)
   
(387,986
)
                 
Financing Activities
               
Net increase in deposits
   
93,816
     
464
 
Net increase in federal funds purchased and
               
securities sold under repurchase agreements
   
33,919
     
307,729
 
Net decrease in short-term borrowings
   
(201,421
)
   
(1,673
)
Payments on long-term FHLB advances
   
(47
)
   
(109
)
Common stock dividends
   
(31,294
)
   
(31,224
)
Common stock issued-net, long-term incentive plans
   
(842
)
   
(795
)
Excess tax expense from stock-based compensation arrangements
   
(217
)
   
(353
)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
   
(106,086
)
   
274,039
 
                 
Decrease in cash and cash equivalents
   
(60,923
)
   
(22,801
)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period
   
315,973
     
345,761
 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period
 
$
255,050
   
$
322,960
 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
7

Trustmark Corporation and Subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(Unaudited)

Note 1 – Business, Basis of Financial Statement Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

Trustmark Corporation (Trustmark) is a bank holding company headquartered in Jackson, Mississippi.  Through its subsidiaries, Trustmark operates as a financial services organization providing banking and financial solutions to corporate institutions and individual customers through 201 offices in Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Trustmark and all other entities in which Trustmark has a controlling financial interest. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain reclassifications have been made to prior period amounts to conform to the current period presentation.

The accompanying unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X.  Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by GAAP for complete financial statements and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, and notes thereto, included in Trustmark’s 2014 Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Operating results for the interim periods disclosed herein are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year or any future period.  In the opinion of Management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for the fair presentation of these consolidated financial statements have been included.   The preparation of financial statements in conformity with these accounting principles requires Management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and income and expense during the reporting periods and the related disclosures.  Although Management’s estimates contemplate current conditions and how they are expected to change in the future, it is reasonably possible that in 2015 actual conditions could vary from those anticipated, which could affect Trustmark’s results of operations and financial condition.  The allowance for loan losses, the amount and timing of expected cash flows from acquired loans and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) indemnification asset, the valuation of other real estate, the fair value of mortgage servicing rights, the valuation of goodwill and other identifiable intangibles, the status of contingencies and the fair values of financial instruments are particularly subject to change.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
8

Note 2 Securities Available for Sale and Held to Maturity

The following tables are a summary of the amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale and held to maturity ($ in thousands):

   
Securities Available for Sale
   
Securities Held to Maturity
 
June 30, 2015
 
Amortized
Cost
   
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   
Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
   
Estimated
Fair
Value
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
   
Gross
Unrealized
(Losses)
   
Estimated
Fair
Value
 
U.S. Government agency obligations
                               
Issued by U.S. Government agencies
 
$
74,258
   
$
808
   
$
(657
)
 
$
74,409
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
Issued by U.S. Government sponsored agencies
   
32,748
     
261
     
-
     
33,009
     
101,374
     
3,278
     
-
     
104,652
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
   
146,711
     
4,668
     
(57
)
   
151,322
     
56,978
     
2,972
     
-
     
59,950
 
Mortgage-backed securities
                                                               
Residential mortgage pass-through securities
                                                               
Guaranteed by GNMA
   
20,349
     
508
     
(206
)
   
20,651
     
18,265
     
335
     
(82
)
   
18,518
 
Issued by FNMA and FHLMC
   
181,658
     
4,150
     
(157
)
   
185,651
     
10,965
     
320
     
-
     
11,285
 
Other residential mortgage-backed securities
                                                               
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
   
1,658,085
     
14,991
     
(10,600
)
   
1,662,476
     
838,989
     
5,496
     
(3,390
)
   
841,095
 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
                                                               
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
   
286,496
     
5,056
     
(1,154
)
   
290,398
     
163,590
     
1,952
     
(825
)
   
164,717
 
Asset-backed securities and structured financial products
   
27,678
     
789
     
-
     
28,467
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total
 
$
2,427,983
   
$
31,231
   
$
(12,831
)
 
$
2,446,383
   
$
1,190,161
   
$
14,353
   
$
(4,297
)
 
$
1,200,217
 

December 31, 2014
                               
U.S. Treasury securities
 
$
100
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
100
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
 
U.S. Government agency obligations
                                                               
Issued by U.S. Government agencies
   
79,788
     
694
     
(826
)
   
79,656
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Issued by U.S. Government sponsored agencies
   
32,725
     
170
     
(77
)
   
32,818
     
100,971
     
2,631
     
-
     
103,602
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
   
157,001
     
5,325
     
(68
)
   
162,258
     
63,505
     
3,398
     
-
     
66,903
 
Mortgage-backed securities
                                                               
Residential mortgage pass-through securities
                                                               
Guaranteed by GNMA
   
11,897
     
544
     
(14
)
   
12,427
     
19,115
     
466
     
(16
)
   
19,565
 
Issued by FNMA and FHLMC
   
199,599
     
4,842
     
-
     
204,441
     
11,437
     
471
     
-
     
11,908
 
Other residential mortgage-backed securities
                                                               
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
   
1,655,733
     
16,664
     
(10,564
)
   
1,661,833
     
834,176
     
6,440
     
(1,916
)
   
838,700
 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
                                                               
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
   
184,394
     
4,968
     
(28
)
   
189,334
     
141,481
     
1,750
     
(1,063
)
   
142,168
 
Asset-backed securities and structured financial products
   
30,776
     
924
     
-
     
31,700
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total
 
$
2,352,013
   
$
34,131
   
$
(11,577
)
 
$
2,374,567
   
$
1,170,685
   
$
15,156
   
$
(2,995
)
 
$
1,182,846
 

During the fourth quarter of 2013, Trustmark reclassified approximately $1.099 billion of securities available for sale to securities held to maturity.  The securities were transferred at fair value, which became the cost basis for the securities held to maturity.  At the date of transfer, the net unrealized holding loss on the available for sale securities totaled approximately $46.6 million ($28.8 million, net of tax).  The net unrealized holding loss is amortized over the remaining life of the securities as a yield adjustment in a manner consistent with the amortization or accretion of the original purchase premium or discount on the associated security.  There were no gains or losses recognized as a result of the transfer.  At June 30, 2015, the net unamortized, unrealized loss on the transferred securities included in accumulated other comprehensive loss in the accompanying balance sheet totaled approximately $37.3 million ($23.0 million, net of tax).
 
9

Temporarily Impaired Securities

The tables below include securities with gross unrealized losses segregated by length of impairment ($ in thousands):


   
Less than 12 Months
   
12 Months or More
   
Total
 
June 30, 2015
 
Estimated
Fair Value
   
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   
Estimated
Fair Value
   
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
   
Estimated
Fair Value
   
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
U.S. Government agency obligations
                       
Issued by U.S. Government agencies
 
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
33,386
   
$
(657
)
 
$
33,386
   
$
(657
)
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
   
6,046
     
(30
)
   
2,849
     
(27
)
   
8,895
     
(57
)
Mortgage-backed securities
                                               
Residential mortgage pass-through securities
                                               
Guaranteed by GNMA
   
19,542
     
(288
)
   
-
     
-
     
19,542
     
(288
)
Issued by FNMA and FHLMC
   
34,188
     
(157
)
   
-
     
-
     
34,188
     
(157
)
Other residential mortgage-backed securities
                                               
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
   
846,185
     
(6,470
)
   
271,538
     
(7,520
)
   
1,117,723
     
(13,990
)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
                                               
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
   
171,582
     
(1,821
)
   
26,241
     
(158
)
   
197,823
     
(1,979
)
Total
 
$
1,077,543
   
$
(8,766
)
 
$
334,014
   
$
(8,362
)
 
$
1,411,557
   
$
(17,128
)

December 31, 2014
                       
U.S. Government agency obligations
                       
Issued by U.S. Government agencies
 
$
19,220
   
$
(115
)
 
$
32,656
   
$
(711
)
 
$
51,876
   
$
(826
)
Issued by U.S. Government sponsored agencies
   
9,948
     
(52
)
   
9,956
     
(25
)
   
19,904
     
(77
)
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
   
8,431
     
(22
)
   
3,800
     
(46
)
   
12,231
     
(68
)
Mortgage-backed securities
                                               
Residential mortgage pass-through securities
                                               
Guaranteed by GNMA
   
7,199
     
(22
)
   
647
     
(8
)
   
7,846
     
(30
)
Other residential mortgage-backed securities
                                               
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
   
537,033
     
(2,449
)
   
395,342
     
(10,031
)
   
932,375
     
(12,480
)
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
                                               
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
   
9,134
     
(3
)
   
79,829
     
(1,088
)
   
88,963
     
(1,091
)
Total
 
$
590,965
   
$
(2,663
)
 
$
522,230
   
$
(11,909
)
 
$
1,113,195
   
$
(14,572
)

The unrealized losses shown above are due to increases in market rates over the yields available at the time of purchase of the underlying securities and not credit quality.  Because Trustmark does not intend to sell these securities and it is more likely than not that Trustmark will not be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may be maturity, Trustmark does not consider these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at June 30, 2015.  There were no other-than-temporary impairments for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

Security Gains and Losses

Gains and losses as a result of calls and dispositions of securities, as well as any associated proceeds, were as follows for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended June 30,  
   
Six Months Ended June 30,  
 
Available for Sale
 
2015
   
2014
   
2015
   
2014
 
Proceeds from calls and sales of securities
 
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
-
   
$
26,274
 
Gross realized gains
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
389
 

Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and are included in noninterest income as security gains, net.
 
10

Contractual Maturities

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of securities available for sale and held to maturity at June 30, 2015, by contractual maturity, are shown below ($ in thousands).  Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
 
   
Securities
Available for Sale
   
Securities
Held to Maturity
 
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Estimated
Fair Value
   
Amortized
Cost
   
Estimated
Fair Value
 
Due in one year or less
 
$
17,167
   
$
17,315
   
$
956
   
$
966
 
Due after one year through five years
   
154,905
     
159,763
     
9,751
     
10,195
 
Due after five years through ten years
   
32,638
     
33,349
     
135,818
     
140,986
 
Due after ten years
   
76,685
     
76,780
     
11,827
     
12,455
 
     
281,395
     
287,207
     
158,352
     
164,602
 
Mortgage-backed securities
   
2,146,588
     
2,159,176
     
1,031,809
     
1,035,615
 
Total
 
$
2,427,983
   
$
2,446,383
   
$
1,190,161
   
$
1,200,217
 
 
Note 3 Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, LHFI consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

   
June 30, 2015
   
December 31, 2014
 
Loans secured by real estate:
       
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
682,444
   
$
619,877
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
1,637,933
     
1,634,397
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
1,567,035
     
1,553,193
 
Other real estate secured
   
240,056
     
253,787
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
1,219,684
     
1,270,350
 
Consumer loans
   
165,215
     
167,964
 
State and other political subdivision loans
   
574,265
     
602,727
 
Other loans
   
360,441
     
347,174
 
LHFI
   
6,447,073
     
6,449,469
 
Less allowance for loan losses, LHFI
   
71,166
     
69,616
 
Net LHFI
 
$
6,375,907
   
$
6,379,853
 
 
Loan Concentrations

Trustmark does not have any loan concentrations other than those reflected in the preceding table, which exceed 10% of total LHFI.  At June 30, 2015, Trustmark’s geographic loan distribution was concentrated primarily in its five key market regions, Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.  Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of these loans and the recovery of a substantial portion of the carrying amount of other real estate are susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.

Nonaccrual/Impaired LHFI

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the carrying amounts of nonaccrual LHFI, which are individually evaluated for impairment, were $68.4 million and $79.3 million, respectively.  Of this total, all commercial nonaccrual LHFI over $500 thousand were specifically evaluated for impairment (specifically evaluated impaired LHFI) using a fair value approach.  The remaining nonaccrual LHFI were not specifically reviewed and not written down to fair value less cost to sell.  No material interest income was recognized in the income statement on impaired or nonaccrual LHFI for each of the periods ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

All of Trustmark’s specifically evaluated impaired LHFI are collateral dependent loans.  At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, specifically evaluated impaired LHFI totaled $37.9 million and $47.1 million, respectively.  These specifically evaluated impaired LHFI had a related allowance of $12.4 million and $11.3 million at the end of the respective periods.  For collateral dependent loans, when a loan is deemed impaired the full difference between the carrying amount of the loan and the most likely estimate of the collateral’s fair value less cost to sell is charged off.  Charge-offs related to specifically evaluated impaired LHFI totaled $1.3 million and $55 thousand for the first six months of 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Provision expense on specifically evaluated impaired LHFI totaled $1.9 million for the first six months of 2015 compared to provision recapture of $1.4 million for the first six months of 2014.
 
11

Fair value estimates for specifically evaluated impaired LHFI are derived from appraised values based on the current market value or as is value of the collateral, normally from recently received and reviewed appraisals.  Current appraisals are ordered on an annual basis based on the inspection date.  Appraisals are obtained from state-certified appraisers and are based on certain assumptions, which may include construction or development status and the highest and best use of the property.  These appraisals are reviewed by Trustmark’s Appraisal Review Department to ensure they are acceptable, and values are adjusted down for costs associated with asset disposal.  Once this estimated net realizable value has been determined, the value used in the impairment assessment is updated.  At the time a specifically evaluated impaired LHFI is deemed to be impaired, the full difference between book value and the most likely estimate of the collateral’s net realizable value is charged off.  As subsequent events dictate and estimated net realizable values decline, required reserves may be established or further adjustments recorded.

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, nonaccrual LHFI not specifically reviewed for impairment and not written down to fair value less cost to sell, totaled $30.5 million and $32.2 million, respectively.  In addition, these nonaccrual LHFI had allocated allowance for loan losses of $1.8 million and $1.5 million at the end of the respective periods.

The following tables detail LHFI individually and collectively evaluated for impairment at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 ($ in thousands):

   
June 30, 2015
 
   
LHFI Evaluated for Impairment
 
   
Individually
   
Collectively
   
Total
 
Loans secured by real estate:
           
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
10,888
   
$
671,556
   
$
682,444
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
24,882
     
1,613,051
     
1,637,933
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
19,030
     
1,548,005
     
1,567,035
 
Other real estate secured
   
610
     
239,446
     
240,056
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
12,411
     
1,207,273
     
1,219,684
 
Consumer loans
   
44
     
165,171
     
165,215
 
State and other political subdivision loans
   
-
     
574,265
     
574,265
 
Other loans
   
573
     
359,868
     
360,441
 
Total
 
$
68,438
   
$
6,378,635
   
$
6,447,073
 

   
December 31, 2014
 
   
LHFI Evaluated for Impairment
 
   
Individually
   
Collectively
   
Total
 
Loans secured by real estate:
           
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
13,867
   
$
606,010
   
$
619,877
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
25,621
     
1,608,776
     
1,634,397
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
25,717
     
1,527,476
     
1,553,193
 
Other real estate secured
   
1,318
     
252,469
     
253,787
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
12,104
     
1,258,246
     
1,270,350
 
Consumer loans
   
88
     
167,876
     
167,964
 
State and other political subdivision loans
   
-
     
602,727
     
602,727
 
Other loans
   
628
     
346,546
     
347,174
 
Total
 
$
79,343
   
$
6,370,126
   
$
6,449,469
 
 
12

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the carrying amount of LHFI individually evaluated for impairment consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

   
June 30, 2015
 
   
LHFI
         
   
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   
With No Related
Allowance
Recorded
   
With an
Allowance
Recorded
   
Total
Carrying
Amount
   
Related
Allowance
   
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                       
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
17,580
   
$
4,918
   
$
5,970
   
$
10,888
   
$
3,007
   
$
12,378
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
30,483
     
1,291
     
23,591
     
24,882
     
469
     
25,251
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
20,663
     
6,727
     
12,303
     
19,030
     
3,295
     
22,373
 
Other real estate secured
   
704
     
-
     
610
     
610
     
46
     
964
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
13,290
     
1,428
     
10,983
     
12,411
     
7,196
     
12,258
 
Consumer loans
   
86
     
-
     
44
     
44
     
-
     
66
 
State and other political subdivision loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Other loans
   
694
     
-
     
573
     
573
     
207
     
601
 
Total
 
$
83,500
   
$
14,364
   
$
54,074
   
$
68,438
   
$
14,220
   
$
73,891
 

   
December 31, 2014
 
   
LHFI
         
   
Unpaid
Principal
Balance
   
With No Related
Allowance
Recorded
   
With an
Allowance
Recorded
   
Total
Carrying
Amount
   
Related
Allowance
   
Average
Recorded
Investment
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                       
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
20,849
   
$
7,411
   
$
6,456
   
$
13,867
   
$
2,767
   
$
13,597
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
31,151
     
1,650
     
23,971
     
25,621
     
450
     
23,612
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
27,969
     
12,868
     
12,849
     
25,717
     
2,787
     
23,763
 
Other real estate secured
   
1,594
     
-
     
1,318
     
1,318
     
52
     
1,322
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
13,916
     
1,206
     
10,898
     
12,104
     
6,449
     
9,195
 
Consumer loans
   
152
     
-
     
88
     
88
     
-
     
120
 
State and other political subdivision loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Other loans
   
734
     
-
     
628
     
628
     
259
     
682
 
Total
 
$
96,365
   
$
23,135
   
$
56,208
   
$
79,343
   
$
12,764
   
$
72,291
 

A troubled debt restructuring (TDR) occurs when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties, and for related economic or legal reasons, a concession is granted to the borrower that Trustmark would not otherwise consider.  Whatever the form of concession that might be granted by Trustmark, Management’s objective is to enhance collectability by obtaining more cash or other value from the borrower or by increasing the probability of receipt by granting the concession than by not granting it.  Other concessions may arise from court proceedings or may be imposed by law.  In addition, TDRs also include those credits that are extended or renewed to a borrower who is not able to obtain funds from sources other than Trustmark at a market interest rate for new debt with similar risk.

All loans whose terms have been modified in a troubled debt restructuring are evaluated for impairment under FASB ASC Topic 310. Accordingly, Trustmark measures any loss on the restructuring in accordance with that guidance.  A TDR in which Trustmark receives physical possession of the borrower’s assets, regardless of whether formal foreclosure or repossession proceedings take place, is accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Subtopic 310-40, “Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors.”  Thus, the loan is treated as if assets have been received in satisfaction of the loan and reported as a foreclosed asset.  At June 30, 2015, Trustmark held $736 thousand of foreclosed residential real estate as a result of foreclosure or in substance repossession of consumer mortgage LHFI classified as TDRs.  Consumer mortgage LHFI classified as TDRs in the process of formal foreclosure proceedings at June 30, 2015 totaled $149 thousand.

A TDR may be returned to accrual status if Trustmark is reasonably assured of repayment of principal and interest under the modified terms and the borrower has demonstrated sustained performance under those terms for a period of at least six months. Otherwise, the restructured loan must remain on nonaccrual.

At June 30, 2015 and 2014, LHFI classified as TDRs totaled $12.1 million and $12.6 million, respectively, and were primarily comprised of credits with interest-only payments for an extended period of time which totaled $8.3 million and $8.4 million, respectively.  The remaining TDRs at June 30, 2015 and 2014, resulted from real estate loans discharged through Chapter 7 bankruptcy that were not reaffirmed or from payment or maturity extensions.
 
13

For TDRs, Trustmark had a related loan loss allowance of $1.9 million and $1.5 million at June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  LHFI classified as TDRs are charged down to the most likely fair value estimate less an estimated cost to sell for collateral dependent loans, which would approximate net realizable value.  Specific charge-offs related to TDRs totaled $806 thousand and $55 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

The following tables illustrate the impact of modifications classified as TDRs as well as those TDRs modified within the last 12 months for which there was a payment default during the period for the periods presented ($ in thousands):


   
Three Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Troubled Debt Restructurings
 
Number of Contracts
   
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
   
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
   
Number of Contracts
   
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
   
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
2
   
$
82
   
$
82
     
4
   
$
278
   
$
273
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
4
     
3,512
     
3,512
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total
   
6
   
$
3,594
   
$
3,594
     
4
   
$
278
   
$
273
 

   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Troubled Debt Restructurings
 
Number of Contracts
   
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
   
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
   
Number of Contracts
   
Pre-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
   
Post-Modification
Outstanding
Recorded
Investment
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
8
   
$
460
   
$
460
     
14
   
$
981
   
$
967
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
4
     
3,512
     
3,512
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
 Total
   
12
   
$
3,972
   
$
3,972
     
14
   
$
981
   
$
967
 

   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Troubled Debt Restructurings that Subsequently Defaulted
 
Number of Contracts
   
Recorded Investment
   
Number of Contracts
   
Recorded Investment
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
4
   
$
245
     
1
   
$
108
 

Trustmark’s TDRs have resulted primarily from allowing the borrower to pay interest-only for an extended period of time rather than from forgiveness.  Accordingly, as shown above, these TDRs have a similar recorded investment for both the pre-modification and post-modification disclosure.  Trustmark has utilized loans 90 days or more past due to define payment default in determining TDRs that have subsequently defaulted.
 
14

The following tables detail LHFI classified as TDRs by loan type at June 30, 2015 and 2014 ($ in thousands):

   
June 30, 2015
 
   
Accruing
   
Nonaccrual
   
Total
 
Construction, land development and other land loans
 
$
-
   
$
1,664
   
$
1,664
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
1,635
     
2,795
     
4,430
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
828
     
4,584
     
5,412
 
Other loans secured by real estate
   
-
     
62
     
62
 
Commercial and industrial
   
-
     
495
     
495
 
Total Troubled Debt Restructurings by Type
 
$
2,463
   
$
9,600
   
$
12,063
 

   
June 30, 2014
 
   
Accruing
   
Nonaccrual
   
Total
 
Construction, land development and other land loans
 
$
-
   
$
4,521
   
$
4,521
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
1,543
     
3,873
     
5,416
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
-
     
1,979
     
1,979
 
Other loans secured by real estate
   
-
     
159
     
159
 
Commercial and industrial
   
-
     
531
     
531
 
Total Troubled Debt Restructurings by Type
 
$
1,543
   
$
11,063
   
$
12,606
 

Credit Quality Indicators

Trustmark’s loan portfolio credit quality indicators focus on six key quality ratios that are compared against bank tolerances.  The loan indicators are total classified outstanding, total criticized outstanding, nonperforming loans, nonperforming assets, delinquencies and net loan losses.  Due to the homogenous nature of consumer loans, Trustmark does not assign a formal internal risk rating to each credit and therefore the criticized and classified measures are unique to commercial loans.

In addition to monitoring portfolio credit quality indicators, Trustmark also measures how effectively the lending process is being managed and risks are being identified.  As part of an ongoing monitoring process, Trustmark grades the commercial portfolio as it relates to credit file completion and financial statement exceptions, underwriting, collateral documentation and compliance with law as shown below:

· Credit File Completeness and Financial Statement Exceptions – evaluates the quality and condition of credit files in terms of content, completeness and organization and focuses on efforts to obtain and document sufficient information to determine the quality and status of credits.  Also included is an evaluation of the systems/procedures used to insure compliance with policy.
· Underwriting – evaluates whether credits are adequately analyzed, appropriately structured and properly approved within loan policy requirements.  A properly approved credit is approved by adequate authority in a timely manner with all conditions of approval fulfilled.  Total policy exceptions measure the level of underwriting and other policy exceptions within a loan portfolio.
· Collateral Documentation – focuses on the adequacy of documentation to perfect Trustmark’s collateral position and substantiate collateral value.  Collateral exceptions measure the level of documentation exceptions within a loan portfolio.  Collateral exceptions occur when certain collateral documentation is either not present, is not considered current or has expired.
· Compliance with Law – focuses on underwriting, documentation, approval and reporting in compliance with banking laws and regulations.  Primary emphasis is directed to the Financial Institutions Reform, Recovery and Enforcement Act of 1989 (FIRREA) and Regulation O requirements.

Commercial Credits

Trustmark has established a loan grading system that consists of ten individual credit risk grades (risk ratings) that encompass a range from loans where the expectation of loss is negligible to loans where loss has been established.  The model is based on the risk of default for an individual credit and establishes certain criteria to delineate the level of risk across the ten unique credit risk grades.  Credit risk grade definitions are as follows:
 
· Risk Rate (RR) 1 through RR 6 – Grades one through six represent groups of loans that are not subject to adverse criticism as defined in regulatory guidance.  Loans in these groups exhibit characteristics that represent low to moderate risk measured by using a variety of credit risk criteria such as cash flow coverage, debt service coverage, balance sheet leverage, liquidity, management experience, industry position, prevailing economic conditions, support from secondary sources of repayment and other credit factors that may be relevant to a specific loan.  In general, these loans are supported by properly margined collateral and guarantees of principal parties.
 
15

· Other Assets Especially Mentioned (Special Mention) - (RR 7) – a loan that has a potential weakness that if not corrected will lead to a more severe rating.  This rating is for credits that are currently protected but potentially weak because of an adverse feature or condition that if not corrected will lead to a further downgrade.
· Substandard (RR 8) – a loan that has at least one identified weakness that is well defined.  This rating is for credits where the primary sources of repayment are not viable at the time of evaluation or where either the capital or collateral is not adequate to support the loan and the secondary means of repayment do not provide a sufficient level of support to offset the identified weakness.  Loss potential exists in the aggregate amount of substandard loans but does not necessarily exist in individual loans.
· Doubtful (RR 9) – a loan with an identified weakness that does not have a valid secondary source of repayment.  Generally these credits have an impaired primary source of repayment and secondary sources are not sufficient to prevent a loss in the credit.  The exact amount of the loss has not been determined at this time.
· Loss (RR 10) – a loan or a portion of a loan that is deemed to be uncollectible.

By definition, credit risk grades special mention (RR 7), substandard (RR 8), doubtful (RR 9) and loss (RR 10) are criticized loans while substandard (RR 8), doubtful (RR 9) and loss (RR 10) are classified loans.  These definitions are standardized by all bank regulatory agencies and are generally equally applied to each individual lending institution.  The remaining credit risk grades are considered pass credits and are solely defined by Trustmark.

Each commercial loan is assigned a credit risk grade that is an indication for the likelihood of default and is not a direct indication of loss at default.  The loss at default aspect of the subject risk ratings is neither uniform across the nine primary commercial loan groups or constant between the geographic areas.  To account for the variance in the loss at default aspects of the risk rating system, the loss expectations for each risk rating is integrated into the allowance for loan loss methodology where the calculated loss at default is allotted for each individual risk rating with respect to the individual loan group and unique geographic area.  The loss at default aspect of the reserve methodology is calculated each quarter as a component of the overall reserve factor for each risk grade by loan group and geographic area.

To enhance this process, loans of a certain size that are rated in one of the criticized categories are routinely reviewed to establish an expectation of loss, if any, and if such examination indicates that the level of reserve is not adequate to cover the expectation of loss, a special reserve or impairment is generally applied.

The distribution of the losses is accomplished by means of a loss distribution model that assigns a loss factor to each risk rating (1 to 9) in each commercial loan pool.  A factor is not applied to risk rate 10 as loans classified as Losses are not carried on Trustmark’s books over quarter-end as they are charged off within the period that the loss is determined.

The expected loss distribution is spread across the various risk ratings by the perceived level of risk for loss.  The nine grade scale described above ranges from a negligible risk of loss to an identified loss across its breadth.  The loss distribution factors are graduated through the scale on a basis proportional to the degree of risk that appears manifest in each individual rating and assumes that migration through the loan grading system will occur.

Each loan officer assesses the appropriateness of the internal risk rating assigned to their credits on an ongoing basis.  Trustmark’s Asset Review area conducts independent credit quality reviews of the majority of Trustmark’s commercial loan portfolio concentrations both on the underlying credit quality of each individual loan portfolio as well as the adherence to Trustmark’s loan policy and the loan administration process.  In general, Asset Review conducts reviews of each lending area within a six to eighteen month window depending on the overall credit quality results of the individual area.

In addition to the ongoing internal risk rate monitoring described above, Trustmark’s Credit Quality Review Committee meets monthly and performs a review of all loans of $100 thousand or more that are either delinquent thirty days or more or on nonaccrual.  This review includes recommendations regarding risk ratings, accrual status, charge-offs and appropriate servicing officer as well as evaluation of problem credits for determination of TDRs.  Quarterly, the Credit Quality Review Committee reviews and modifies continuous action plans for all credits risk rated seven or worse for relationships of $100 thousand or more.  In addition, the Credit Quality Review Committee performs the following reviews on an annual basis:
 
· Residential real estate developments - a development project analysis is performed on all projects regardless of size.  Performance of the development is assessed through an evaluation of the number of lots remaining, payout ratios, and loan-to-value ratios.  Results are stress tested as to the capacity to absorb losses and price of lots.  This analysis is reviewed by each senior credit officer for the respective market to determine the need for any risk rate or accrual status changes.
 
16

· Non-owner occupied commercial real estate - a cash flow analysis is performed on all projects with an outstanding balance of $1.0 million or more.  In addition, credits are stress tested for vacancies and rate sensitivity.  Confirmation is obtained that guarantor financial statements are current, taxes have been paid and there are no other issues that need to be addressed.  This analysis is reviewed by each senior credit officer in the respective market to determine the need for any risk rate or accrual status changes.

Consumer Credits

Consumer LHFI that do not meet a minimum custom credit score are reviewed quarterly by Management.  The Retail Credit Review Committee reviews the volume and percentage of approvals that did not meet the minimum passing custom score by region, individual location, and officer.  To assure that Trustmark continues to originate quality loans, this process allows Management to make necessary changes such as revisions to underwriting procedures and credit policies, or changes in loan authority to Trustmark personnel.

Trustmark monitors the levels and severity of past due consumer LHFI on a daily basis through its collection activities.  A detailed assessment of consumer LHFI delinquencies is performed monthly at both a product and market level by delivery channel, which incorporates the perceived level of risk at time of underwriting.  Trustmark also monitors its consumer LHFI delinquency trends by comparing them to quarterly industry averages.

The tables below illustrate the carrying amount of LHFI by credit quality indicator at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 ($ in thousands):

  June 30, 2015  
   
Commercial LHFI
 
   
Pass -
Categories 1-6
   
Special Mention -
Category 7
   
Substandard -
Category 8
   
Doubtful -
Category 9
   
Subtotal
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                   
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
587,766
   
$
548
   
$
30,090
   
$
458
   
$
618,862
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
125,262
     
845
     
8,097
     
126
     
134,330
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
1,499,458
     
1,268
     
65,107
     
361
     
1,566,194
 
Other real estate secured
   
233,130
     
255
     
4,874
     
-
     
238,259
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
1,174,226
     
9,825
     
35,050
     
583
     
1,219,684
 
Consumer loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
State and other political subdivision loans
   
558,055
     
7,000
     
9,210
     
-
     
574,265
 
Other loans
   
351,708
     
-
     
987
     
428
     
353,123
 
Total
 
$
4,529,605
   
$
19,741
   
$
153,415
   
$
1,956
   
$
4,704,717
 

   
Consumer LHFI
     
   
Current
   
Past Due
30-89 Days
   
Past Due
90 Days or More
   
Nonaccrual
   
Subtotal
   
Total LHFI
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                       
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
63,093
   
$
460
   
$
-
   
$
29
   
$
63,582
   
$
682,444
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
1,470,417
     
10,493
     
1,515
     
21,178
     
1,503,603
     
1,637,933
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
841
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
841
     
1,567,035
 
Other real estate secured
   
1,797
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
1,797
     
240,056
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
1,219,684
 
Consumer loans
   
163,495
     
1,421
     
256
     
43
     
165,215
     
165,215
 
State and other political subdivision loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
574,265
 
Other loans
   
7,318
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
7,318
     
360,441
 
Total
 
$
1,706,961
   
$
12,374
   
$
1,771
   
$
21,250
   
$
1,742,356
   
$
6,447,073
 
 
17

  December 31, 2014  
   
Commercial LHFI
 
   
Pass -
Categories 1-6
   
Special Mention -
Category 7
   
Substandard -
Category 8
   
Doubtful -
Category 9
   
Subtotal
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                   
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
518,944
   
$
479
   
$
37,022
   
$
196
   
$
556,641
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
125,203
     
1,652
     
7,483
     
213
     
134,551
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
1,462,226
     
8,431
     
81,661
     
-
     
1,552,318
 
Other real estate secured
   
246,099
     
306
     
4,975
     
-
     
251,380
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
1,239,247
     
4,245
     
26,133
     
719
     
1,270,344
 
Consumer loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
State and other political subdivision loans
   
589,653
     
7,550
     
5,524
     
-
     
602,727
 
Other loans
   
338,598
     
-
     
1,255
     
564
     
340,417
 
Total
 
$
4,519,970
   
$
22,663
   
$
164,053
   
$
1,692
   
$
4,708,378
 

   
Consumer LHFI
     
   
Current
   
Past Due
30-89 Days
   
Past Due
90 Days or More
   
Nonaccrual
   
Subtotal
   
Total LHFI
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                       
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
62,897
   
$
199
   
$
59
   
$
81
   
$
63,236
   
$
619,877
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
1,465,355
     
10,429
     
2,367
     
21,695
     
1,499,846
     
1,634,397
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
875
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
875
     
1,553,193
 
Other real estate secured
   
2,407
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
2,407
     
253,787
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
-
     
5
     
1
     
-
     
6
     
1,270,350
 
Consumer loans
   
165,504
     
2,162
     
211
     
87
     
167,964
     
167,964
 
State and other political subdivision loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
602,727
 
Other loans
   
6,757
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
6,757
     
347,174
 
Total
 
$
1,703,795
   
$
12,795
   
$
2,638
   
$
21,863
   
$
1,741,091
   
$
6,449,469
 

Past Due LHFI

LHFI past due 90 days or more totaled $1.8 million and $2.8 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.  The following tables provide an aging analysis of past due and nonaccrual LHFI by class at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 ($ in thousands):

   
June 30, 2015
 
   
Past Due
             
   
30-59 Days
   
60-89 Days
   
90 Days
or More (1)
   
Total
   
Nonaccrual
   
Current
Loans
   
Total LHFI
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                           
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
643
   
$
48
   
$
-
   
$
691
   
$
10,888
   
$
670,865
   
$
682,444
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
7,750
     
3,594
     
1,515
     
12,859
     
24,882
     
1,600,192
     
1,637,933
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
534
     
94
     
-
     
628
     
19,030
     
1,547,377
     
1,567,035
 
Other real estate secured
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
610
     
239,446
     
240,056
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
1,226
     
645
     
-
     
1,871
     
12,411
     
1,205,402
     
1,219,684
 
Consumer loans
   
1,213
     
208
     
256
     
1,677
     
44
     
163,494
     
165,215
 
State and other political subdivision loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
574,265
     
574,265
 
Other loans
   
305
     
-
     
-
     
305
     
573
     
359,563
     
360,441
 
Total
 
$
11,671
   
$
4,589
   
$
1,771
   
$
18,031
   
$
68,438
   
$
6,360,604
   
$
6,447,073
 

(1)
Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.
 
18

   
December 31, 2014
 
   
Past Due
             
   
30-59 Days
   
60-89 Days
   
90 Days
or More (1)
   
Total
   
Nonaccrual
   
Current
Loans
   
Total LHFI
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                           
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
248
   
$
17
   
$
60
   
$
325
   
$
13,867
   
$
605,685
   
$
619,877
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
8,424
     
2,428
     
2,367
     
13,219
     
25,621
     
1,595,557
     
1,634,397
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
1,960
     
34
     
-
     
1,994
     
25,717
     
1,525,482
     
1,553,193
 
Other real estate secured
   
80
     
-
     
-
     
80
     
1,318
     
252,389
     
253,787
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
2,491
     
306
     
126
     
2,923
     
12,104
     
1,255,323
     
1,270,350
 
Consumer loans
   
1,811
     
351
     
211
     
2,373
     
88
     
165,503
     
167,964
 
State and other political subdivision loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
602,727
     
602,727
 
Other loans
   
132
     
9
     
-
     
141
     
628
     
346,405
     
347,174
 
Total
 
$
15,146
   
$
3,145
   
$
2,764
   
$
21,055
   
$
79,343
   
$
6,349,071
   
$
6,449,469
 

(1)
Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.

Past Due Loans Held for Sale (LHFS)

LHFS past due 90 days or more totaled $12.0 million and $25.9 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.  LHFS past due 90 days or more are serviced loans eligible for repurchase, which are fully guaranteed by the Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA).  GNMA optional repurchase programs allow financial institutions to buy back individual delinquent mortgage loans that meet certain criteria from the securitized loan pool for which the institution provides servicing.  At the servicer’s option and without GNMA’s prior authorization, the servicer may repurchase such a delinquent loan for an amount equal to 100 percent of the remaining principal balance of the loan.  This buy-back option is considered a conditional option until the delinquency criteria are met, at which time the option becomes unconditional.  When Trustmark is deemed to have regained effective control over these loans under the unconditional buy-back option, the loans can no longer be reported as sold and must be brought back onto the balance sheet as loans held for sale, regardless of whether Trustmark intends to exercise the buy-back option.  These loans are reported as held for sale with the offsetting liability being reported as short-term borrowings.

During the first quarter of 2015, Trustmark exercised its option to repurchase approximately $28.5 million of delinquent loans serviced for GNMA.  These loans were subsequently sold to a third party under different repurchase provisions.  Trustmark retained the servicing for these loans, which are subject to guarantees by FHA/VA.  As a result of this repurchase and sale, the loans are no longer carried as LHFS.  The transaction resulted in a gain of $304 thousand, which is included in mortgage banking, net for the first six months of 2015.  Trustmark did not exercise its buy-back option on any delinquent loans serviced for GNMA during the second quarter of 2015 or the first six months of 2014.

Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI

Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI is based upon regulatory guidance from its primary regulator and GAAP.  The methodology segregates the commercial purpose and commercial construction LHFI portfolios into nine separate loan types (or pools) which have similar characteristics such as repayment, collateral and risk profiles.  The nine basic loan pools are further segregated into Trustmark’s five key market regions, Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas, to take into consideration the uniqueness of each market.  A 10-point risk rating system is utilized for each separate loan pool to apply a reserve factor consisting of quantitative and qualitative components to determine the needed allowance by each loan type.  As a result, there are 450 risk rate factors for commercial loan types.  The nine separate pools are shown below:

Commercial Purpose LHFI
· Real Estate – Owner-Occupied
· Real Estate – Non-Owner Occupied
· Working Capital
· Non-Working Capital
· Land
· Lots and Development
· Political Subdivisions
 
19

Commercial Construction LHFI
· 1 to 4 Family
· Non-1 to 4 Family

The quantitative factors of the allowance methodology reflect a twelve-quarter rolling average of net charge-offs by loan type within each key market region.  This allows for a greater sensitivity to current trends, such as economic changes, as well as current loss profiles and creates a more accurate depiction of historical losses.

During the first quarter of 2015, the Loss Emergence Period (LEP), a component of the quantitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI, was revised to reflect a 1.5 year period rather than a one year period.  The LEP refers to the period of time between the events that trigger a loss and a charge-off of that loss.  Losses are usually not immediately known, and determining the loss event can be challenging.  It takes time for the borrower and extent of loss to be identified and determined.  Trustmark may not be aware that the loss event has occurred until the borrower exhibits the inability to pay or other evidence of credit deterioration.  Trustmark considers the loss event to have occurred within a one year period prior to the event of default and the charge-off of the loss within a six month period after the event of default, resulting in a 1.5 year LEP.  An additional provision of approximately $2.3 million was recorded in the first quarter of 2015 as result of this revision to the quantitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI.

Qualitative factors used in the allowance methodology include the following:

· National and regional economic trends and conditions
· Impact of recent performance trends
· Experience, ability and effectiveness of management
· Adherence to Trustmark’s loan policies, procedures and internal controls
· Collateral, financial and underwriting exception trends
· Credit concentrations
· Loan facility risk
· Acquisitions
· Catastrophe

Each qualitative factor is converted to a scale ranging from 0 (No risk) to 100 (High Risk), other than the last two factors, which are applied on a dollar-for-dollar basis to ensure that the combination of such factors is proportional. The resulting ratings from the individual factors are weighted and summed to establish the weighted-average qualitative factor of a specific loan portfolio within each key market region.  This weighted-average qualitative factor is then distributed over the nine primary loan pools within each key market region based on the ranking by risk of each.

During the first quarter of 2015, Trustmark eliminated caps and floors from the criticized risk grades in the qualitative portion and adjusted the Florida market region’s distribution factors in the qualitative and quantitative portions of the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI.  The caps and floors for criticized risk ratings were eliminated in order to allow the risk associated with those credits to be reflected without constraint of pre-existing limits (caps or floors) on the risk ratings.  When the current allowance for loan loss methodology was originally established, the vast majority of the reserve for the Florida market region’s assets was covered by the quantitative features of the allowance for loan loss methodology due to the amount of gross charge-offs at that time and captured the vast majority of the embedded risk in the portfolio.  The distribution for the Florida market region was adjusted to be the same as Trustmark’s other key market regions since the credit metrics in the Florida market region now more closely resemble Trustmark as a whole.  The elimination of the caps and floors for criticized risk ratings in the qualitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI resulted in a provision recapture of $1.8 million in the first quarter of 2015.  The change in the Florida market region distribution resulted in an additional provision expense of $2.1 million related to the qualitative portion and an additional provision expense of $785 thousand related to the quantitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI in the first quarter of 2015.  Combined, these revisions to the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI resulted in an additional provision of approximately $1.1 million recorded during the first quarter of 2015.

During the third quarter of 2014, Trustmark revised the qualitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI to incorporate an additional reserve component for commercial nonaccrual loans under $500 thousand.  A LHFI is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that Trustmark will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  A formal impairment analysis is performed on all commercial nonaccrual LHFI with an outstanding balance of $500 thousand or more, and based upon this analysis LHFI are written down to net realizable value.  The implementation of this commercial qualitative factor will allow Trustmark to address additional credit risk and loss potential due to inadequate source of repayment and collateral for commercial nonaccrual LHFI below the $500 thousand threshold.  For such loans, it is currently unlikely that full repayment of both principal and interest will be realized.  An additional provision of approximately $822 thousand was recorded in the third quarter of 2014 as result of this revision to the qualitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI.
 
20

The allowance for loan loss methodology segregates the consumer LHFI portfolio into homogeneous pools of loans that contain similar structure, repayment, collateral and risk profiles.  These homogeneous pools of loans are shown below:

· Residential Mortgage
· Direct Consumer
· Auto Finance
· Junior Lien on 1-4 Family Residential Properties
· Credit Cards
· Overdrafts

The historical loss experience for these pools is determined by calculating a 12-quarter rolling average of net charge-offs, which is applied to each pool to establish the quantitative aspect of the methodology.  Where, in Management’s estimation, the calculated loss experience does not fully cover the anticipated loss for a pool, an estimate is also applied to each pool to establish the qualitative aspect of the methodology, which represents the perceived risks across the loan portfolio at the current point in time.  This qualitative methodology utilizes five separate factors made up of unique components that when weighted and combined produce an estimated level of reserve for each of the loan pools.  The five qualitative factors include the following:

· Economic indicators
· Performance trends
· Management experience
· Lending policy measures
· Credit concentrations

The risk measure for each factor is converted to a scale ranging from 0 (No risk) to 100 (High Risk) to ensure that the combination of such factors is proportional.  The determination of the risk measurement for each qualitative factor is done for all markets combined.  The resulting estimated reserve factor is then applied to each pool.

During the second quarter of 2014, Trustmark revised the qualitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for consumer LHFI to incorporate the use of consumer credit bureau scores developed and provided by an independent third party.  The credit bureau scores reflect the customer’s historical willingness and ability to service their debt.  These credit bureau scores are monitored on an ongoing basis and represent a consumer’s credit payment history with all of their creditors including their repayment performance with Trustmark.  The implementation of this consumer qualitative factor will allow Trustmark to better monitor shifts in risk that are represented in the retail portfolio and ensure that it is reflective in the allowance for loan loss calculation.  An additional provision of approximately $1.4 million was recorded in the second quarter of 2014 as a result of this revision to the qualitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for consumer LHFI.

The resulting ratings from the individual factors are weighted and summed to establish the weighted-average qualitative factor of a specific loan portfolio.  This weighted-average qualitative factor is then applied over the six loan pools.

Changes in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI were as follows for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
 
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
69,616
   
$
66,448
 
Loans charged-off
   
(7,282
)
   
(6,836
)
Recoveries
   
6,014
     
7,490
 
Net (charge-offs) recoveries
   
(1,268
)
   
654
 
Provision for loan losses, LHFI
   
2,818
     
(454
)
Balance at end of period
 
$
71,166
   
$
66,648
 
 
21

The following tables detail the balance in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI by portfolio segment at June 30, 2015 and 2014 ($ in thousands):

   
2015
 
   
Balance
January 1,
   
Charge-offs
   
Recoveries
   
Provision for
Loan Losses
   
Balance
June 30,
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                   
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
13,073
   
$
(928
)  
$
350
   
$
1,418
   
$
13,913
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
9,677
     
(1,195
)    
106
     
229
     
8,817
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
18,523
     
(158
   
392
     
(292
)
   
18,465
 
Other real estate secured
   
2,141
     
(24
)    
3
     
(160
)
   
1,960
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
19,917
     
(1,256
)    
1,432
     
2,715
     
22,808
 
Consumer loans
   
2,149
     
(1,012
)    
1,897
     
(1,150
)
   
1,884
 
State and other political subdivision loans
   
1,314
     
-
     
-
     
(713
)
   
601
 
Other loans
   
2,822
     
(2,709
)    
1,834
     
771
     
2,718
 
Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI
 
$
69,616
   
$
(7,282
)  
$
6,014
   
$
2,818
   
$
71,166
 

   
Disaggregated by Impairment Method
 
   
Individually
   
Collectively
   
Total
 
Loans secured by real estate:
           
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
3,007
   
$
10,906
   
$
13,913
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
469
     
8,348
     
8,817
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
3,295
     
15,170
     
18,465
 
Other real estate secured
   
46
     
1,914
     
1,960
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
7,196
     
15,612
     
22,808
 
Consumer loans
   
-
     
1,884
     
1,884
 
State and other political subdivision loans
   
-
     
601
     
601
 
Other loans
   
207
     
2,511
     
2,718
 
Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI
 
$
14,220
   
$
56,946
   
$
71,166
 

   
2014
 
   
Balance
January 1,
   
Charge-offs
   
Recoveries
   
Provision for
Loan Losses
   
Balance
June 30,
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                   
Construction, land development and other land loans
 
$
13,165
   
$
(76
)  
$
3,217
   
$
(5,271
)  
$
11,035
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
9,633
     
(1,634
)    
255
     
2,200
     
10,454
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
19,672
     
(240
)    
94
     
(942
)    
18,584
 
Other real estate secured
   
2,080
     
(262
)    
-
     
645
     
2,463
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
15,522
     
(1,656
)    
286
     
2,788
     
16,940
 
Consumer loans
   
2,405
     
(883
)    
1,973
     
(1,161
)    
2,334
 
State and other political subdivision loans
   
1,205
     
-
     
-
     
701
     
1,906
 
Other loans
   
2,766
     
(2,085
)    
1,665
     
586
     
2,932
 
Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI
 
$
66,448
   
$
(6,836
)  
$
7,490
   
$
(454
)  
$
66,648
 

   
Disaggregated by Impairment Method
 
   
Individually
   
Collectively
   
Total
 
Loans secured by real estate:
           
Construction, land development and other land loans
 
$
2,895
   
$
8,140
   
$
11,035
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
308
     
10,146
     
10,454
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
1,642
     
16,942
     
18,584
 
Other real estate secured
   
53
     
2,410
     
2,463
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
884
     
16,056
     
16,940
 
Consumer loans
   
-
     
2,334
     
2,334
 
State and other political subdivision loans
   
-
     
1,906
     
1,906
 
Other loans
   
259
     
2,673
     
2,932
 
Total allowance for loan losses, LHFI
 
$
6,041
   
$
60,607
   
$
66,648
 
 
22

Note 4 Acquired Loans

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, acquired loans consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

   
June 30, 2015
   
December 31, 2014
 
   
Noncovered
   
Covered
   
Noncovered
   
Covered
 
Loans secured by real estate:
               
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
50,867
   
$
904
   
$
58,309
   
$
1,197
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
101,027
     
11,080
     
116,920
     
13,180
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
168,698
     
5,206
     
202,323
     
7,672
 
Other real estate secured
   
25,666
     
1,622
     
27,813
     
1,096
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
73,732
     
371
     
88,256
     
277
 
Consumer loans
   
7,273
     
-
     
9,772
     
-
 
Other loans
   
19,897
     
56
     
22,390
     
204
 
Acquired loans
   
447,160
     
19,239
     
525,783
     
23,626
 
Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
   
11,927
     
702
     
10,541
     
1,518
 
Net acquired loans
 
$
435,233
   
$
18,537
   
$
515,242
   
$
22,108
 

The following table presents changes in the net carrying value of the acquired loans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Noncovered
   
Covered
 
   
Acquired
Impaired
   
Acquired
Not ASC 310-30 (1)
   
Acquired
Impaired
   
Acquired
Not ASC 310-30 (1)
 
Carrying value, net at January 1, 2014
 
$
639,656
   
$
123,085
   
$
30,166
   
$
1,663
 
Accretion to interest income
   
44,575
     
1,706
     
4,052
     
1
 
Payments received, net
   
(216,378
)
   
(42,284
)
   
(12,396
)
   
(30
)
Other (2)
   
(29,724
)
   
(2,102
)
   
(1,733
)
   
(484
)
Less change in allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
   
(3,978
)
   
686
     
415
     
454
 
Carrying value, net at December 31, 2014
   
434,151
     
81,091
     
20,504
     
1,604
 
Accretion to interest income
   
17,140
     
453
     
1,309
     
-
 
Payments received, net
   
(89,149
)
   
(7,635
)
   
(5,638
)
   
(72
)
Other (2)
   
568
     
-
     
14
     
-
 
Less change in allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
   
(1,386
)
   
-
     
816
     
-
 
Carrying value, net at June 30, 2015
 
$
361,324
   
$
73,909
   
$
17,005
   
$
1,532
 

(1)
"Acquired Not ASC 310-30" loans consist of revolving credit agreements and commercial leases that are not in scope for FASB ASC Topic 310-30, "Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality."
(2)
Includes miscellaneous timing adjustments as well as acquired loan terminations through foreclosure, charge-off, pool recovery and other terminations.
 
Under FASB ASC Topic 310-30, the accretable yield is the excess of expected cash flows at acquisition over the initial fair value of acquired impaired loans and is recorded as interest income over the estimated life of the loans using the effective yield method if the timing and amount of the future cash flows is reasonably estimable.  The following table presents changes in the accretable yield for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Accretable yield at beginning of period
 
$
(77,149
)
 
$
(109,006
)
Accretion to interest income
   
18,449
     
25,518
 
Disposals
   
4,700
     
10,791
 
Reclassification to / (from) nonaccretable difference (1)
   
(9,943
)
   
(20,094
)
Accretable yield at end of period
 
$
(63,943
)
 
$
(92,791
)

(1)
Reclassifications from nonaccretable difference are due to lower loss expectations and improvements in expected cash flows.
 
23

The following tables present the components of the allowance for loan losses on acquired loans for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 ($ in thousands):

   
Noncovered
   
Covered
   
Total
 
Balance at January 1, 2015
 
$
10,541
   
$
1,518
   
$
12,059
 
Provision for loan losses, acquired loans
   
1,576
     
(404
)
   
1,172
 
Loans charged-off
   
(2,568
)
   
(450
)
   
(3,018
)
Recoveries
   
2,378
     
38
     
2,416
 
Net charge-offs
   
(190
)
   
(412
)
   
(602
)
Balance at June 30, 2015
 
$
11,927
   
$
702
   
$
12,629
 

   
Noncovered
   
Covered
   
Total
 
Balance at January 1, 2014
 
$
7,249
   
$
2,387
   
$
9,636
 
Provision for loan losses, acquired loans
   
3,899
     
(52
)
   
3,847
 
Loans charged-off
   
(2,152
)
   
(865
)
   
(3,017
)
Recoveries
   
774
     
(61
)
   
713
 
Net charge-offs
   
(1,378
)
   
(926
)
   
(2,304
)
Balance at June 30, 2014
 
$
9,770
   
$
1,409
   
$
11,179
 

As discussed in Note 3 - Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI, Trustmark has established a loan grading system that consists of ten individual credit risk grades (risk ratings) that encompass a range from loans where the expectation of loss is negligible to loans where loss has been established.  The model is based on the risk of default for an individual credit and establishes certain criteria to segregate the level of risk across the ten unique risk ratings.  These credit quality measures are unique to commercial loans.  Credit quality for consumer loans is based on individual credit scores, aging status of the loan and payment activity.
 
24

The tables below illustrate the carrying amount of acquired loans by credit quality indicator at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 ($ in thousands):

  June 30, 2015  
   
Commercial Loans
 
   
Pass -
Categories 1-6
   
Special Mention -
Category 7
   
Substandard -
Category 8
   
Doubtful -
Category 9
   
Subtotal
 
Noncovered Loans:
                   
Loans secured by real estate:
                   
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
18,347
   
$
169
   
$
25,076
   
$
4,060
   
$
47,652
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
24,552
     
655
     
6,419
     
371
     
31,997
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
131,802
     
3,309
     
32,888
     
699
     
168,698
 
Other real estate secured
   
20,496
     
88
     
4,297
     
779
     
25,660
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
50,299
     
888
     
19,571
     
2,974
     
73,732
 
Consumer loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Other loans
   
17,041
     
-
     
2,852
     
-
     
19,893
 
Total noncovered loans
   
262,537
     
5,109
     
91,103
     
8,883
     
367,632
 
                                         
Covered Loans: (1)
                                       
Loans secured by real estate:
                                       
Construction, land development and other land
   
262
     
-
     
436
     
119
     
817
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
995
     
149
     
464
     
-
     
1,608
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
4,237
     
80
     
704
     
-
     
5,021
 
Other real estate secured
   
828
     
4
     
285
     
15
     
1,132
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
327
     
22
     
22
     
-
     
371
 
Other loans
   
55
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
55
 
Total covered loans
   
6,704
     
255
     
1,911
     
134
     
9,004
 
Total acquired loans
 
$
269,241
   
$
5,364
   
$
93,014
   
$
9,017
   
$
376,636
 

   
Consumer Loans
     
   
Current
   
Past Due
30-89 Days
   
Past Due
90 Days or More
   
Nonaccrual
   
Subtotal
   
Total
Acquired Loans
 
Noncovered Loans:
                       
Loans secured by real estate:
                       
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
3,088
   
$
58
   
$
69
   
$
-
   
$
3,215
   
$
50,867
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
65,086
     
950
     
2,845
     
149
     
69,030
     
101,027
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
168,698
 
Other real estate secured
   
6
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
6
     
25,666
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
73,732
 
Consumer loans
   
7,156
     
89
     
28
     
-
     
7,273
     
7,273
 
Other loans
   
4
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
4
     
19,897
 
Total noncovered loans
   
75,340
     
1,097
     
2,942
     
149
     
79,528
     
447,160
 
                                                 
Covered Loans: (1)
                                               
Loans secured by real estate:
                                               
Construction, land development and other land
   
87
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
87
     
904
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
8,455
     
516
     
501
     
-
     
9,472
     
11,080
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
185
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
185
     
5,206
 
Other real estate secured
   
490
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
490
     
1,622
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
371
 
Other loans
   
1
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
1
     
56
 
Total covered loans
   
9,218
     
516
     
501
     
-
     
10,235
     
19,239
 
Total acquired loans
 
$
84,558
   
$
1,613
   
$
3,443
   
$
149
   
$
89,763
   
$
466,399
 

(1)
Total dollar balances are presented in this table; however, these loans are covered by the loss-share agreement with the FDIC.
TNB is at risk for only 20% of the losses incurred on these loans.
 
25

  December 31, 2014  
   
Commercial Loans
 
   
Pass -
Categories 1-6
   
Special Mention -
Category 7
   
Substandard -
Category 8
   
Doubtful -
Category 9
   
Subtotal
 
Noncovered Loans:
                   
Loans secured by real estate:
                   
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
20,224
   
$
280
   
$
28,339
   
$
5,821
   
$
54,664
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
30,796
     
760
     
8,466
     
388
     
40,410
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
157,753
     
3,452
     
39,408
     
1,710
     
202,323
 
Other real estate secured
   
22,754
     
92
     
4,864
     
95
     
27,805
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
64,720
     
17
     
19,706
     
3,813
     
88,256
 
Consumer loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Other loans
   
19,706
     
45
     
2,617
     
-
     
22,368
 
Total noncovered loans
   
315,953
     
4,646
     
103,400
     
11,827
     
435,826
 
                                         
Covered Loans: (1)
                                       
Loans secured by real estate:
                                       
Construction, land development and other land
   
-
     
-
     
955
     
102
     
1,057
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
194
     
235
     
1,045
     
-
     
1,474
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
4,419
     
88
     
2,879
     
-
     
7,386
 
Other real estate secured
   
-
     
108
     
426
     
2
     
536
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
145
     
24
     
108
     
-
     
277
 
Other loans
   
204
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
204
 
Total covered loans
   
4,962
     
455
     
5,413
     
104
     
10,934
 
Total acquired loans
 
$
320,915
   
$
5,101
   
$
108,813
   
$
11,931
   
$
446,760
 

   
Consumer Loans
     
   
Current
   
Past Due
30-89 Days
   
Past Due
90 Days or More
   
Nonaccrual
   
Subtotal
   
Total
Acquired Loans
 
Noncovered Loans:
                       
Loans secured by real estate:
                       
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
3,338
   
$
25
   
$
282
   
$
-
   
$
3,645
   
$
58,309
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
71,316
     
2,335
     
2,742
     
117
     
76,510
     
116,920
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
202,323
 
Other real estate secured
   
8
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
8
     
27,813
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
88,256
 
Consumer loans
   
9,634
     
114
     
24
     
-
     
9,772
     
9,772
 
Other loans
   
22
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
22
     
22,390
 
Total noncovered loans
   
84,318
     
2,474
     
3,048
     
117
     
89,957
     
525,783
 
                                                 
Covered Loans: (1)
                                               
Loans secured by real estate:
                                               
Construction, land development and other land
   
140
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
140
     
1,197
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
10,925
     
473
     
308
     
-
     
11,706
     
13,180
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
286
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
286
     
7,672
 
Other real estate secured
   
525
     
-
     
35
     
-
     
560
     
1,096
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
277
 
Other loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
204
 
Total covered loans
   
11,876
     
473
     
343
     
-
     
12,692
     
23,626
 
Total acquired loans
 
$
96,194
   
$
2,947
   
$
3,391
   
$
117
   
$
102,649
   
$
549,409
 

(1)
Total dollar balances are presented in this table; however, these loans are covered by the loss-share agreement with the FDIC.
TNB is at risk for only 20% of the losses incurred on these loans.

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, there were no acquired impaired loans accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 classified as nonaccrual loans.  At June 30, 2015, approximately $1.6 million of acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 were classified as nonaccrual loans, compared to approximately $1.1 million of acquired loans at December 31, 2014.
 
26

The following tables provide an aging analysis of contractually past due and nonaccrual acquired loans, by class at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 ($ in thousands):

   
June 30, 2015
 
   
Past Due
             
   
30-59 Days
   
60-89 Days
   
90 Days
or More (1)
   
Total
   
Nonaccrual (2)
   
Current
Loans
   
Total Acquired
Loans
 
Noncovered loans:
                           
Loans secured by real estate:
                           
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
579
   
$
29
   
$
17,158
   
$
17,766
   
$
141
   
$
32,960
   
$
50,867
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
842
     
386
     
4,804
     
6,032
     
434
     
94,561
     
101,027
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
4,194
     
346
     
7,819
     
12,359
     
-
     
156,339
     
168,698
 
Other real estate secured
   
-
     
-
     
693
     
693
     
-
     
24,973
     
25,666
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
755
     
102
     
237
     
1,094
     
824
     
71,814
     
73,732
 
Consumer loans
   
77
     
12
     
28
     
117
     
-
     
7,156
     
7,273
 
Other loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
161
     
19,736
     
19,897
 
Total noncovered loans
   
6,447
     
875
     
30,739
     
38,061
     
1,560
     
407,539
     
447,160
 
                                                         
Covered loans:
                                                       
Loans secured by real estate:
                                                       
Construction, land development and other land
   
-
     
-
     
149
     
149
     
-
     
755
     
904
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
268
     
248
     
654
     
1,170
     
-
     
9,910
     
11,080
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
458
     
-
     
-
     
458
     
-
     
4,748
     
5,206
 
Other real estate secured
   
-
     
-
     
174
     
174
     
-
     
1,448
     
1,622
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
3
     
-
     
-
     
3
     
65
     
303
     
371
 
Other loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
56
     
56
 
Total covered loans
   
729
     
248
     
977
     
1,954
     
65
     
17,220
     
19,239
 
Total acquired loans
 
$
7,176
   
$
1,123
   
$
31,716
   
$
40,015
   
$
1,625
   
$
424,759
   
$
466,399
 

(1)
Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.
(2)
Acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30.

   
December 31, 2014
 
   
Past Due
             
   
30-59 Days
   
60-89 Days
   
90 Days
or More (1)
   
Total
   
Nonaccrual (2)
   
Current
Loans
   
Total Acquired
Loans
 
Noncovered loans:
                           
Loans secured by real estate:
                           
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
246
   
$
7
   
$
21,985
   
$
22,238
   
$
194
   
$
35,877
   
$
58,309
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
2,576
     
981
     
5,162
     
8,719
     
422
     
107,779
     
116,920
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
89
     
865
     
13,275
     
14,229
     
-
     
188,094
     
202,323
 
Other real estate secured
   
-
     
-
     
604
     
604
     
-
     
27,209
     
27,813
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
334
     
128
     
1,099
     
1,561
     
461
     
86,234
     
88,256
 
Consumer loans
   
86
     
29
     
24
     
139
     
-
     
9,633
     
9,772
 
Other loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
22,390
     
22,390
 
Total noncovered loans
   
3,331
     
2,010
     
42,149
     
47,490
     
1,077
     
477,216
     
525,783
 
                                                         
Covered loans:
                                                       
Loans secured by real estate:
                                                       
Construction, land development and other land
   
-
     
-
     
376
     
376
     
-
     
821
     
1,197
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
253
     
296
     
477
     
1,026
     
-
     
12,154
     
13,180
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
239
     
488
     
-
     
727
     
-
     
6,945
     
7,672
 
Other real estate secured
   
-
     
-
     
368
     
368
     
-
     
728
     
1,096
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
-
     
-
     
42
     
42
     
67
     
168
     
277
 
Other loans
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
     
204
     
204
 
Total covered loans
   
492
     
784
     
1,263
     
2,539
     
67
     
21,020
     
23,626
 
Total acquired loans
 
$
3,823
   
$
2,794
   
$
43,412
   
$
50,029
   
$
1,144
   
$
498,236
   
$
549,409
 

(1)
Past due 90 days or more but still accruing interest.
(2)
Acquired loans not accounted for under FASB ASC Topic 310-30.
 
27

Note 5 Mortgage Banking

The activity in mortgage servicing rights (MSR) is detailed in the table below for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
 
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
64,358
   
$
67,834
 
Origination of servicing assets
   
8,157
     
5,179
 
Change in fair value:
               
Due to market changes
   
3,708
     
(3,761
)
Due to runoff
   
(4,801
)
   
(4,203
)
Balance at end of period
 
$
71,422
   
$
65,049
 

During the first six months of 2015 and 2014, Trustmark sold $579.9 million and $397.9 million, respectively, of residential mortgage loans.  Pretax gains on these sales were recorded to noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and totaled $8.8 million for the first six months of 2015 compared to $4.6 million for the first six months of 2014.  Trustmark’s mortgage loans serviced for others totaled $5.732 billion at June 30, 2015, compared with $5.636 billion at December 31, 2014.  The table below details the mortgage loans sold and serviced for others at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 ($ in thousands):
 
   
June 30, 2015
   
December 31, 2014
 
Federal National Mortgage Association
 
$
3,642,950
   
$
3,579,987
 
Government National Mortgage Association
   
1,971,315
     
1,948,565
 
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
   
71,890
     
80,551
 
Other
   
46,032
     
27,146
 
Total mortage loans sold and serviced for others
 
$
5,732,187
   
$
5,636,249
 

Trustmark is subject to losses in its loan servicing portfolio due to loan foreclosures.  Trustmark has obligations to either repurchase the outstanding principal balance of a loan or make the purchaser whole for the economic benefits of a loan if it is determined that the loan sold was in violation of representations or warranties made by Trustmark at the time of the sale, herein referred to as mortgage loan servicing putback expenses.  Such representations and warranties typically include those made regarding loans that had missing or insufficient file documentation, loans that do not meet investor guidelines, loans in which the appraisal does not support the value and/or loans obtained through fraud by the borrowers or other third parties.  Generally, putback requests may be made until the loan is paid in full.  However, mortgage loans delivered to Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA) and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) on or after January 1, 2013 are subject to the Lending and Selling Representations and Warranties Framework updated in May 2014, which provides certain instances in which FNMA and FHLMC will not exercise their remedies, including a putback request, for breaches of certain selling representations and warranties, such as payment history and quality control review.

When a putback request is received, Trustmark evaluates the request and takes appropriate actions based on the nature of the request.  Effective January 1, 2013, Trustmark was required by FNMA and FHLMC to provide a response to putback requests within 60 days of the date of receipt.  Currently, putback requests primarily relate to 2009 through 2013 vintage mortgage loans.  The total mortgage loan servicing putback expenses incurred by Trustmark during the first six months of 2015 and 2014 were $105 thousand and $300 thousand, respectively.

Changes in the reserve for mortgage loan servicing putback expense for mortgage loans delivered to FNMA in periods not covered by the November 2013 Resolution Agreement between Trustmark and FNMA and to other entities were as follows for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
1,170
   
$
1,050
 
Provision for putback expenses
   
105
     
300
 
Losses
   
126
     
(403
)
Balance at end of period
 
$
1,401
   
$
947
 
 
Mortgage loans covered by Trustmark’s Resolution Agreement executed with FNMA in November 2013 are only subject to putback risk due to borrower fraud or systemic risk.  Trustmark’s exposure to putback requests for loans sold to FNMA, which were originated after 2008, has improved as a result of industry-wide guidelines and process enhancements implemented since that time.  Trustmark’s exposure to putback requests for loans sold to GNMA has improved as a result of declining delinquency ratios.  Please refer to the “Past Due LHFS” section included in Note 3 – Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI for additional information regarding mortgage loans sold to GNMA.
 
28

There is inherent uncertainty in reasonably estimating the requirement for reserves against potential future mortgage loan servicing putback expenses.  Future putback expenses are dependent on many subjective factors, including the review procedures of the purchasers and the potential refinance activity on loans sold with servicing released and the subsequent consequences under the representations and warranties.  Trustmark believes that it has appropriately reserved for potential mortgage loan servicing putback requests.

Note 6 Other Real Estate and Covered Other Real Estate

Other Real Estate, excluding Covered Other Real Estate

At June 30, 2015, Trustmark’s geographic other real estate distribution was concentrated primarily in its five key market regions: Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.  The ultimate recovery of a substantial portion of the carrying amount of other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, is susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.

For the periods presented, changes and gains, net on other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, were as follows ($ in thousands):

   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
92,509
   
$
106,539
 
Additions
   
20,532
     
24,601
 
Disposals
   
(21,300
)
   
(20,827
)
Write-downs
   
(993
)
   
(3,343
)
Balance at end of period
 
$
90,748
   
$
106,970
 
                 
Gain, net on the sale of other real estate included in ORE/Foreclosure expense
 
$
2,268
   
$
636
 

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by type of property consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

   
June 30, 2015
   
December 31, 2014
 
Construction, land development and other land properties
 
$
64,829
   
$
61,015
 
1-4 family residential properties
   
7,990
     
10,150
 
Nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
16,434
     
19,696
 
Other real estate properties
   
1,495
     
1,648
 
Total other real estate, excluding covered other real estate
 
$
90,748
   
$
92,509
 

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by geographic location consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

   
June 30, 2015
   
December 31, 2014
 
Alabama
 
$
21,849
   
$
21,196
 
Florida
   
31,059
     
35,324
 
Mississippi (1)
   
14,094
     
17,397
 
Tennessee (2)
   
9,707
     
10,292
 
Texas
   
14,039
     
8,300
 
Total other real estate, excluding covered other real estate
 
$
90,748
   
$
92,509
 

(1) - Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions
(2) - Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions
 
29

Covered Other Real Estate

For the periods presented, changes and losses, net on covered other real estate were as follows ($ in thousands):

   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
6,060
   
$
5,108
 
Transfers from covered loans
   
177
     
218
 
FASB ASC 310-30 adjustment for the residual recorded investment
   
(917
)
   
(39
)
Net transfers from covered loans
   
(740
)
   
179
 
Disposals
   
(1,188
)
   
(632
)
Write-downs
   
(377
)
   
(783
)
Balance at end of period
 
$
3,755
   
$
3,872
 
                 
Loss, net on the sale of covered
other real estate included in ORE/Foreclosure expense
 
$
(99
)
 
$
(109
)
 
At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, covered other real estate by type of property consisted of the following ($ in thousands):
 
   
June 30, 2015
   
December 31, 2014
 
Construction, land development and other land properties
 
$
768
   
$
1,917
 
1-4 family residential properties
   
296
     
1,103
 
Nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
1,963
     
2,296
 
Other real estate properties
   
728
     
744
 
Total covered other real estate
 
$
3,755
   
$
6,060
 

Note 7 – FDIC Indemnification Asset

On April 15, 2011, the Mississippi Department of Banking and Consumer Finance closed the Heritage Banking Group (Heritage) and appointed the FDIC as receiver.  On the same date, Trustmark National Bank (TNB), Trustmark’s principal subsidiary, entered into a purchase and assumption agreement with the FDIC in which TNB agreed to assume all of the deposits and purchase essentially all of the assets of Heritage.  The FDIC and TNB also entered into a loss-share agreement covering substantially all loans and all other real estate acquired.  Under the loss-share agreement, the FDIC will cover 80% of covered loan and other real estate losses incurred.  Pursuant to the provisions of the loss-share agreement, TNB may be required to make a true-up payment to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement should actual losses be less than certain thresholds established in the agreement.  TNB calculates the projected true-up payable to the FDIC quarterly and records a FDIC true-up provision for the present value of the projected true-up payable to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement.  TNB’s FDIC true-up provision totaled $2.4 million and $2.1 million at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively.

Trustmark periodically re-estimates the expected cash flows on the acquired covered loans as required by FASB ASC Topic 310-30.  For the first six months of 2015 and 2014, this analysis resulted in improvements in the estimated future cash flows of the acquired covered loans that remain outstanding as well as lower expected remaining losses on those loans, primarily due to pay-offs of acquired covered loans.  The pay-offs and improvements in the estimated expected cash flows of the acquired covered loans resulted in a reduction of the expected loss-share receivable from the FDIC.  Reductions of the FDIC indemnification asset resulting from improvements in expected cash flows and covered losses based on the re-estimation of acquired covered loans are amortized over the lesser of the remaining life or contractual period of the acquired covered loan as a yield adjustment consistent with the associated acquired covered loan.  Other noninterest income for the first six months of 2015 and 2014 included $844 thousand and $1.1 million, respectively, of amortization of the FDIC indemnification asset.  Amortization of the FDIC indemnification asset resulted from improvements in the expected cash flows and lower loss expectations.  During the first six months of 2015 and 2014, other noninterest income included a reduction of the FDIC indemnification asset of $1.3 million and $561 thousand, respectively, primarily resulting from loan pay-offs partially offset by loan pools of acquired covered loans with increased loss expectations.  Noninterest income also included a reduction of the FDIC indemnification asset of $621 thousand during the first six months of 2015 due to sales and valuation adjustments of covered other real estate.
 
30

For the periods presented, changes in the FDIC indemnification asset were as follows ($ in thousands):


   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
6,997
   
$
14,347
 
Amortization
   
(844
)
   
(1,127
)
Transfers to FDIC claims
   
(1,583
)
   
(1,761
)
Change in expected cash flows
   
(1,638
)
   
(293
)
Change in FDIC true-up provision
   
(300
)
   
(300
)
Balance at end of period
 
$
2,632
   
$
10,866
 

Note 8 – Deposits

At June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, deposits consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

   
June 30, 2015
   
December 31, 2014
 
Noninterest-bearing demand
 
$
2,819,171
   
$
2,748,635
 
Interest-bearing demand
   
2,066,943
     
1,722,581
 
Savings
   
3,085,717
     
3,280,060
 
Time
   
1,820,343
     
1,947,082
 
Total
 
$
9,792,174
   
$
9,698,358
 

Note 9 – Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements

Trustmark utilizes securities sold under repurchase agreements as a source of borrowing in connection with overnight repurchase agreements offered to commercial deposit customers by using its unencumbered investment securities as collateral.  Trustmark accounts for its securities sold under repurchase agreements as secured borrowings in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 860-30, “Transfers and Servicing – Secured Borrowing and Collateral.”  Securities sold under repurchase agreements are stated at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction.  Trustmark monitors collateral levels on a continual basis and may be required to provide additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities.  Trustmark’s repurchase agreements are transacted under master repurchase agreements that give Trustmark, in the event of default by the counterparty, the right of offset with the same counterparty.  As of June 30, 2015, all repurchase agreements were short-term and consisted primarily of sweep repurchase arrangements, under which excess deposits are “swept” into overnight repurchase agreements with Trustmark.  The following table presents the securities sold under repurchase agreements by collateral pledged as of June 30, 2015 ($ in thousands):

   
June 30, 2015
 
U.S. Government agency obligations
Issued by U.S. Government sponsored agencies
 
$
26,280
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
   
1,332
 
Mortgage-backed securities
       
Other residential mortgage-backed securities
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
   
127,242
 
Commercial mortgage-backed securities
Issued or guaranteed by FNMA, FHLMC or GNMA
   
1,871
 
Total securities sold under repurchase agreements
 
$
156,725
 

Note 10 Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Benefits

Qualified Pension Plans

Trustmark maintains a noncontributory tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan (Trustmark Capital Accumulation Plan), in which substantially all associates employed prior to 2007 participate.  The plan provides retirement benefits that are based on the length of credited service and final average compensation, as defined in the plan, and vest upon three years of service.  Benefit accruals under the plan have been frozen since 2009, with the exception of certain associates covered through plans obtained by acquisitions that were subsequently merged into the Trustmark plan.  Other than the associates covered through acquired plans that were merged into the Trustmark plan, associates have not earned additional benefits, except for interest as required by law, since the plan was frozen.  Current and former associates who participate in the plan retain their right to receive benefits that accrued before the plan was frozen.
 
31

As a result of the merger with BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. (BancTrust) on February 15, 2013, Trustmark became the sponsor of the Retirement Plan for Employees of BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. (BancTrust Pension Plan), a tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan, which was frozen prior to the merger date.  On January 28, 2014, Trustmark’s Board of Directors authorized the termination of the BancTrust Pension Plan effective as of April 15, 2014.  The Internal Revenue Service (IRS) has been asked to review the BancTrust Pension Plan’s tax qualification at its termination, and it is anticipated that the IRS will issue a favorable determination letter with respect to the plan’s termination once its review is complete.  In addition, as required by law, a termination notice has been filed with the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC), and it is not anticipated that the PBGC will raise any issues with respect to the plan’s termination.  During 2014, the assets of the BancTrust Pension plan were held in trust and distributed in conjunction with the plan termination.  All assets of the BancTrust Pension Plan were distributed as of December 31, 2014.  Benefits that were not paid to participants were annuitized under annuity contracts.

The following table presents information regarding the net periodic benefit cost for Trustmark’s qualified defined benefit pension plans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2015
   
2014
 
Service cost
 
$
129
   
$
125
   
$
260
   
$
249
 
Interest cost
   
864
     
1,322
     
1,726
     
2,643
 
Expected return on plan assets
   
(1,297
)
   
(1,560
)
   
(2,593
)
   
(3,118
)
Recognized net loss due to lump sum settlements
   
479
     
375
     
896
     
750
 
Recognized net actuarial loss
   
971
     
736
     
1,938
     
1,472
 
Net periodic benefit cost
 
$
1,146
   
$
998
   
$
2,227
   
$
1,996
 

The range of potential contributions to the Trustmark Capital Accumulation Plan is determined annually by the plan’s actuary in accordance with applicable IRS rules and regulations.  Trustmark’s policy is to fund amounts that are sufficient to satisfy the annual minimum funding requirements and are deductible for federal income tax purposes.  The actual amount of the contribution is determined annually based on the plan’s funded status and return on plan assets as of the measurement date, which is December 31.  For the plan year ending December 31, 2015, Trustmark’s minimum required contribution to the Trustmark Capital Accumulation Plan is expected to be zero; however, Management and the Board of Directors will monitor the plan throughout 2015 to determine any additional funding requirements by the plan’s measurement date.

Supplemental Retirement Plans

Trustmark maintains a nonqualified supplemental retirement plan covering key executive officers and senior officers as well as directors who have elected to defer fees.  The plan provides for defined death benefits and/or retirement benefits based on a participant’s covered salary or deferred fees.  Trustmark has purchased life insurance contracts on the participants covered under the plan, which may be used to fund future payments under the plan.  The measurement date for the plan is December 31.  As a result of the BancTrust merger on February 15, 2013, Trustmark became the administrator of an additional nonqualified supplemental retirement plan, for which the plan benefits were frozen prior to the merger date.

The following table presents information regarding the net periodic benefit cost for Trustmark’s nonqualified supplemental retirement plans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2015
   
2014
 
Service cost
 
$
108
   
$
75
   
$
216
   
$
148
 
Interest cost
   
519
     
548
     
1,043
     
1,102
 
Amortization of prior service cost
   
62
     
62
     
125
     
125
 
Recognized net actuarial loss
   
246
     
163
     
499
     
333
 
Net periodic benefit cost
 
$
935
   
$
848
   
$
1,883
   
$
1,708
 

Note 11 – Stock and Incentive Compensation Plans

Trustmark has granted stock and incentive compensation awards subject to the provisions of the Stock and Incentive Compensation Plan (the Plan).  On April 28, 2015, Trustmark shareholders approved an amended and restated version of the Plan, which was originally scheduled to expire on May 9, 2015.  The amended and restated provisions of the Plan are essentially the same as the previous version of the Plan with the exception of a reduction in shares available for issuance.  Current outstanding and future grants of stock and incentive compensation awards are subject to the provisions of the Plan, which is designed to provide flexibility to Trustmark regarding its ability to motivate, attract and retain the services of key associates and directors.  The Plan also allows Trustmark to make grants of nonqualified stock options, incentive stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units and performance units to key associates and directors.
 
32

Restricted Stock Grants

Performance Awards

Trustmark’s performance awards are granted to Trustmark’s executive and senior management teams.  Performance awards granted vest based on performance goals of return on average tangible equity and total shareholder return compared to a defined peer group.  Performance awards are valued utilizing a Monte Carlo simulation model to estimate fair value of the awards at the grant date.  These awards are recognized using the straight-line method over the requisite service period.  These awards provide for achievement shares if performance measures exceed 100%.  The restricted share agreement provides for voting rights and dividend privileges.

Time-Vested Awards

Trustmark’s time-vested awards are granted to members of Trustmark’s Board of Directors as well as Trustmark’s executive and senior management teams.  Time-vested awards are valued utilizing the fair value of Trustmark’s stock at the grant date.  These awards are recognized on the straight-line method over the requisite service period.

The following table summarizes the vesting periods for awards granted under the Plan (in years):

   
Vesting Period
 
Performance awards (includes acheivement shares for grants after 2013)
   
3
 
Achievement shares from performance grants prior to 2013
   
3
 
Time-vested awards
   
3
 

The following tables summarize the stock and incentive plan activity for the periods presented:

   
Three Months Ended June 30, 2015
 
   
Performance
Awards
   
Time-Vested
Awards
 
Outstanding/Nonvested shares, beginning of period
   
212,309
     
318,333
 
Granted
   
-
     
500
 
Exercised or released from restriction
   
-
     
(1,299
)
Forfeited
   
-
     
(4,456
)
Outstanding/Nonvested shares, end of period
   
212,309
     
313,078
 

   
Six Months Ended June 30, 2015
 
   
Performance
Awards
   
Time-Vested
Awards
 
Outstanding/Nonvested shares, beginning of period
   
181,195
     
263,905
 
Granted
   
84,899
     
120,814
 
Exercised or released from restriction
   
(47,360
)
   
(64,508
)
Forfeited
   
(6,425
)
   
(7,133
)
Outstanding/Nonvested shares, end of period
   
212,309
     
313,078
 

The following table presents information regarding compensation expense for awards under the Plan for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2015
   
2014
 
Performance awards
 
$
318
   
$
267
   
$
564
   
$
530
 
Time-vested awards
   
612
     
777
     
1,217
     
1,705
 
Total compensation expense
 
$
930
   
$
1,044
   
$
1,781
   
$
2,235
 
 
33

Note 12 – Contingencies

Lending Related

Trustmark makes commitments to extend credit and issues standby and commercial letters of credit (letters of credit) in the normal course of business in order to fulfill the financing needs of its customers.  The carrying amount of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit approximates the fair value of such financial instruments.  These amounts are not material to Trustmark’s financial statements.

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend money to customers pursuant to certain specified conditions.  Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses.  Because many of these commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements.  The exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the commitments to extend credit is represented by the contract amount of those instruments.  Trustmark applies the same credit policies and standards as it does in the lending process when making these commitments.  The collateral obtained is based upon the assessed creditworthiness of the borrower.  At June 30, 2015 and 2014, Trustmark had unused commitments to extend credit of $2.540 billion and $2.223 billion, respectively.

Letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by Trustmark to insure the performance of a customer to a third-party.  A financial standby letter of credit irrevocably obligates Trustmark to pay a third-party beneficiary when a customer fails to repay an outstanding loan or debt instrument.  A performance standby letter of credit irrevocably obligates Trustmark to pay a third-party beneficiary when a customer fails to perform some contractual, nonfinancial obligation.  When issuing letters of credit, Trustmark uses essentially the same policies regarding credit risk and collateral, which are followed in the lending process.  At June 30, 2015 and 2014, Trustmark’s maximum exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party for letters of credit was $134.0 million and $147.5 million, respectively.  These amounts consist primarily of commitments with maturities of less than three years, which have an immaterial carrying value.  Trustmark holds collateral to support standby letters of credit when deemed necessary.  As of June 30, 2015, the fair value of collateral held was $28.7 million.

Legal Proceedings

Trustmark’s wholly-owned subsidiary, TNB, has been named as a defendant in two lawsuits related to the collapse of the Stanford Financial Group.  The first is a purported class action complaint that was filed on August 23, 2009 in the District Court of Harris County, Texas, by Peggy Roif Rotstain, Guthrie Abbott, Catherine Burnell, Steven Queyrouze, Jaime Alexis Arroyo Bornstein and Juan C. Olano (collectively, “Class Plaintiffs”), on behalf of themselves and all others similarly situated, naming TNB and four other financial institutions unaffiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks to recover (i) alleged fraudulent transfers from each of the defendants in the amount of fees and other monies received by each defendant from entities controlled by R. Allen Stanford (collectively, the “Stanford Financial Group”) and (ii) damages allegedly attributable to alleged conspiracies by one or more of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud on the asserted grounds that defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme.  Plaintiffs have demanded a jury trial.  Plaintiffs did not quantify damages.  In November 2009, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings.  In May 2010, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the lawsuit.  In August 2010, the court authorized and approved the formation of an Official Stanford Investors Committee (“OSIC”) to represent the interests of Stanford investors and, under certain circumstances, to file legal actions for the benefit of Stanford investors.  In December 2011, the OSIC filed a motion to intervene in this action.  In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.  In December 2012, the court granted the OSIC’s motion to intervene, and the OSIC filed an Intervenor Complaint against one of the other defendant financial institutions.  In February 2013, the OSIC filed an additional Intervenor Complaint that asserts claims against TNB and the remaining defendant financial institutions.  The OSIC seeks to recover: (i) alleged fraudulent transfers in the amount of the fees each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group, the profits each of the defendants allegedly made from Stanford Financial Group deposits, and other monies each of the defendants allegedly received from Stanford Financial Group; (ii) damages attributable to alleged conspiracies by each of the defendants with the Stanford Financial Group to commit fraud and/or aid and abet fraud and conversion on the asserted grounds that the defendants knew or should have known the Stanford Financial Group was conducting an illegal and fraudulent scheme; and (iii) punitive damages.  The OSIC did not quantify damages.  In July 2013, all defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the OSIC’s claims.  In March 2015, the court entered an order authorizing the parties to conduct discovery regarding class certification and setting a deadline of October 5, 2015 for the parties to complete briefing on class certification issues.  In April 2015, the court granted in part and denied in part the defendants’ motions to dismiss the Class Plaintiffs’ claims and the OSIC’s claims.  The court dismissed all of the Class Plaintiffs’ fraudulent transfer claims and dismissed certain of the OSIC’s fraudulent transfer claims.  The court denied the defendants’ motions to dismiss in all other regards.  On June 23, 2015, the court allowed the Class Plaintiffs to file a Second Amended Class Action Complaint (“SAC”), which asserted new claims against TNB and certain of the other defendants for aiding, abetting, and participating in (i) violations of the Texas Securities Act and (ii) breaches of fiduciary duty.  On July 14, 2015, the defendants (including TNB) filed motions to dismiss the SAC.  The Court has not yet ruled on the defendants’ motions to dismiss the SAC.
 
34

The second Stanford-related lawsuit was filed on December 14, 2009 in the District Court of Ascension Parish, Louisiana, individually by Harold Jackson, Paul Blaine, Carolyn Bass Smith, Christine Nichols, and Ronald and Ramona Hebert naming TNB (misnamed as Trust National Bank) and other individuals and entities not affiliated with Trustmark as defendants.  The complaint seeks to recover the money lost by these individual plaintiffs as a result of the collapse of  the Stanford Financial Group (in addition to other damages) under various theories and causes of action, including negligence, breach of contract, breach of fiduciary duty, negligent misrepresentation, detrimental reliance, conspiracy, and violation of Louisiana’s uniform fiduciary, securities, and racketeering laws.  The complaint does not quantify the amount of money the plaintiffs seek to recover.  In January 2010, the lawsuit was removed to federal court by certain defendants and then transferred by the United States Panel on Multidistrict Litigation to federal court in the Northern District of Texas (Dallas) where multiple Stanford related matters are being consolidated for pre-trial proceedings.  On March 29, 2010, the court stayed the case.  TNB filed a motion to lift the stay, which was denied on February 28, 2012.  In September 2012, the district court referred the case to a magistrate judge for hearing and determination of certain pretrial issues.

TNB’s relationship with the Stanford Financial Group began as a result of Trustmark’s acquisition of a Houston-based bank in August 2006, and consisted of correspondent banking and other traditional banking services in the ordinary course of business.  Both Stanford-related lawsuits are in their preliminary stages and have been previously disclosed by Trustmark.

Trustmark and its subsidiaries are also parties to other lawsuits and other claims that arise in the ordinary course of business.  Some of the lawsuits assert claims related to the lending, collection, servicing, investment, trust and other business activities, and some of the lawsuits allege substantial claims for damages.

All pending legal proceedings described above are being vigorously contested. In the regular course of business, Management evaluates estimated losses or costs related to litigation, and provision is made for anticipated losses whenever Management believes that such losses are probable and can be reasonably estimated.  At the present time, Management believes, based on the advice of legal counsel and Management’s evaluation, that (i) the final resolution of pending legal proceedings described above will not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial position or results of operations and (ii) a loss in any such case is not probable at this time, and thus no accrual is required under FASB ASC Topic 450-20, “Loss Contingencies.”

Note 13 – Earnings Per Share (EPS)

The following table reflects weighted-average shares used to calculate basic and diluted EPS for the periods presented (in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2015
   
2014
 
Basic shares
   
67,557
     
67,440
     
67,541
     
67,425
 
Dilutive shares
   
128
     
143
     
122
     
142
 
Diluted shares
   
67,685
     
67,583
     
67,663
     
67,567
 

Weighted-average antidilutive stock awards were excluded in determining diluted EPS.  The following table reflects weighted-average antidilutive stock awards for the periods presented (in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2015
   
2014
 
                 
Weighted-average antidilutive stock awards
   
-
     
21
     
-
     
63
 
 
35

Note 14 – Statements of Cash Flows

The following table reflects specific transaction amounts for the periods presented ($ in thousands):


   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Income taxes paid
 
$
10,286
   
$
12,915
 
Interest expense paid on deposits and borrowings
   
10,185
     
11,780
 
Noncash transfers from loans to other real estate (1)
   
19,792
     
24,780
 

(1)
Includes transfers from covered loans to covered other real estate.

Note 15 Shareholders’ Equity

Regulatory Capital

As of January 1, 2015, Trustmark and TNB were subject to revised capital requirements as described in the section captioned “Recent Legislative and Regulatory Developments” included in Part I. Item 2. – Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, located elsewhere in this report.  Trustmark and TNB are subject to minimum risk-based capital and leverage capital requirements, which are administered by the federal bank regulatory agencies.  These capital requirements, as defined by federal regulations, involve quantitative and qualitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet instruments.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements of Trustmark and TNB and limit Trustmark’s and TNB’s ability to pay dividends.  As of June 30, 2015, Trustmark and TNB exceeded all applicable minimum capital standards for the parent company and its primary banking subsidiary.  In addition, Trustmark and TNB met applicable regulatory guidelines to be considered well-capitalized at June 30, 2015.  To be categorized in this manner, Trustmark and TNB maintained minimum common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the accompanying table.  There are no significant conditions or events that have occurred since June 30, 2015, which Management believes have affected Trustmark’s or TNB’s present classification.
 
36

The following table provides Trustmark’s and TNB’s actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios under regulatory capital standards in effect at June 30, 2015 (Basel III) and December 31, 2014 (Basel I) ($ in thousands):


   
Actual
Regulatory Capital
   
Minimum
   
To Be Well
 
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Requirement
   
Capitalized
 
At June 30, 2015:
               
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,133,094
     
13.28
%
   
4.50
%
   
n/a
 
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,172,108
     
13.74
%
   
4.50
%
   
6.50
%
                                 
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,191,523
     
13.97
%
   
6.00
%
   
n/a
 
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,172,108
     
13.74
%
   
6.00
%
   
8.00
%
                                 
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,285,309
     
15.07
%
   
8.00
%
   
n/a
 
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,265,894
     
14.84
%
   
8.00
%
   
10.00
%
                                 
Tier 1 Leverage (to Average Assets)
                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,191,523
     
10.14
%
   
4.00
%
   
n/a
 
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,172,108
     
9.99
%
   
4.00
%
   
5.00
%
                                 
At December 31, 2014:
                               
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,069,630
     
12.75
%
   
n/a
 
   
n/a
 
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,108,399
     
13.24
%
   
n/a
 
   
n/a
 
                                 
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,129,630
     
13.47
%
   
4.00
%
   
n/a
 
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,108,399
     
13.24
%
   
4.00
%
   
6.00
%
                                 
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,221,292
     
14.56
%
   
8.00
%
   
n/a
 
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,198,697
     
14.32
%
   
8.00
%
   
10.00
%
                                 
Tier 1 Leverage (to Average Assets)
                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,129,630
     
9.63
%
   
4.00
%
   
n/a
 
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,108,399
     
9.46
%
   
4.00
%
   
5.00
%

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The following table presents the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss and the related tax effects allocated to each component for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 ($ in thousands).  Reclassification adjustments related to securities available for sale are included in securities gains, net in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.  The amortization of prior service cost, recognized net loss due to lump sum settlements and change in net actuarial loss on pension and other postretirement benefit plans are included in the computation of net periodic benefit cost (see Note 10 – Defined Benefit and Other Postretirement Benefits for additional details).  Reclassification adjustments related to the cash flow hedge derivative are included in other interest expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income.
 
37

   
Before Tax
Amount
   
Tax (Expense)
Benefit
   
Net of Tax
Amount
 
Six Months Ended June 30, 2015:
           
Securities available for sale and transferred securities:
           
Unrealized holding losses arising during the period
 
$
(4,154
)
 
$
1,589
   
$
(2,565
)
Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income
   
-
     
-
     
-
 
Change in net unrealized holding loss on securities transferred to held to maturity
   
3,069
     
(1,174
)
   
1,895
 
Total securities available for sale and transferred securities
   
(1,085
)
   
415
     
(670
)
Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:
                       
Net change in prior service costs
   
125
     
(48
)
   
77
 
Recognized net loss due to lump sum settlements
   
896
     
(343
)
   
553
 
Change in net actuarial loss
   
2,437
     
(932
)
   
1,505
 
Total pension and other postretirement benefit plans
   
3,458
     
(1,323
)
   
2,135
 
Cash Flow Hedge Derivatives:
                       
Change in accumulated loss on effective cash flow hedge derivatives
   
(703
)
   
269
     
(434
)
Reclassification adjustment for loss realized in net income
   
421
     
(161
)
   
260
 
Total cash flow hedge derivatives
   
(282
)
   
108
     
(174
)
Total other comprehensive income
 
$
2,091
   
$
(800
)
 
$
1,291
 
                         
Six Months Ended June 30, 2014:
                       
Securities available for sale and transferred securities:
                       
Unrealized holding gains arising during the period
 
$
17,807
   
$
(6,811
)
 
$
10,996
 
Reclassification adjustment for net gains realized in net income
   
(389
)
   
149
     
(240
)
Change in net unrealized holding loss on securities transferred to held to maturity
   
2,806
     
(1,073
)
   
1,733
 
Total securities available for sale and transferred securities
   
20,224
     
(7,735
)
   
12,489
 
Pension and other postretirement benefit plans:
                       
Net change in prior service costs
   
125
     
(48
)
   
77
 
Recognized net loss due to lump sum settlements
   
750
     
(287
)
   
463
 
Change in net actuarial loss
   
1,805
     
(690
)
   
1,115
 
Total pension and other postretirement benefit plans
   
2,680
     
(1,025
)
   
1,655
 
Cash Flow Hedge Derivatives:
                       
Change in accumulated gain on effective cash flow hedge derivatives
   
(1,571
)
   
601
     
(970
)
Total other comprehensive income
 
$
21,333
   
$
(8,159
)
 
$
13,174
 
 
38

The following table presents the changes in the balances of each component of accumulated other comprehensive loss for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 ($ in thousands).  All amounts are presented net of tax.

   
Securities
Available for Sale
 and Transferred
 Securities
   
Defined
Benefit
Pension Items
   
Cash Flow
Hedge
Derivatives
   
Total
 
Balance at January 1, 2015
 
$
(11,003
)
 
$
(31,617
)
 
$
136
   
$
(42,484
)
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassification
   
(670
)
   
2,135
     
(434
)
   
1,031
 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss
   
-
     
-
     
260
     
260
 
Net other comprehensive (loss) income
   
(670
)
   
2,135
     
(174
)
   
1,291
 
Balance at June 30, 2015
 
$
(11,673
)
 
$
(29,482
)
 
$
(38
)
 
$
(41,193
)
                                 
Balance at January 1, 2014
 
$
(25,462
)
 
$
(19,793
)
 
$
1,524
   
$
(43,731
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassification
   
12,729
     
1,655
     
(970
)
   
13,414
 
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss
   
(240
)
   
-
     
-
     
(240
)
Net other comprehensive income (loss)
   
12,489
     
1,655
     
(970
)
   
13,174
 
Balance at June 30, 2014
 
$
(12,973
)
 
$
(18,138
)
 
$
554
   
$
(30,557
)

Note 16 Fair Value

Financial Instruments Measured at Fair Value

The methodologies Trustmark uses in determining the fair values are based primarily on the use of independent, market-based data to reflect a value that would be reasonably expected upon exchange of the position in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  The predominant portion of assets that are stated at fair value are of a nature that can be valued using prices or inputs that are readily observable through a variety of independent data providers.  The providers selected by Trustmark for fair valuation data are widely recognized and accepted vendors whose evaluations support the pricing functions of financial institutions, investment and mutual funds, and portfolio managers.  Trustmark has documented and evaluated the pricing methodologies used by the vendors and maintains internal processes that regularly test valuations for anomalies.

Trustmark utilizes an independent pricing service to advise it on the carrying value of the securities available for sale portfolio.  As part of Trustmark’s procedures, the price provided from the service is evaluated for reasonableness given market changes.  When a questionable price exists, Trustmark investigates further to determine if the price is valid.  If needed, other market participants may be utilized to determine the correct fair value.  Trustmark has also reviewed and confirmed its determinations in thorough discussions with the pricing source regarding their methods of price discovery.

Mortgage loan commitments are valued based on the securities prices of similar collateral, term, rate and delivery for which the loan is eligible to deliver in place of the particular security.  Trustmark acquires a broad array of mortgage security prices that are supplied by a market data vendor, which in turn accumulates prices from a broad list of securities dealers.  Prices are processed through a mortgage pipeline management system that accumulates and segregates all loan commitment and forward-sale transactions according to the similarity of various characteristics (maturity, term, rate, and collateral).  Prices are matched to those positions that are deemed to be an eligible substitute or offset (i.e., “deliverable”) for a corresponding security observed in the market place.

Trustmark estimates fair value of MSR through the use of prevailing market participant assumptions and market participant valuation processes.  This valuation is periodically tested and validated against other third-party firm valuations.

Trustmark obtains the fair value of interest rate swaps from a third-party pricing service that uses an industry standard discounted cash flow methodology.  In addition, credit valuation adjustments are incorporated in the fair values to account for potential nonperformance risk.  In adjusting the fair value of its interest rate swap contracts for the effect of nonperformance risk, Trustmark has considered any applicable credit enhancements such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees.  In conjunction with the FASB’s fair value measurement guidance, Trustmark made an accounting policy election to measure the credit risk of these derivative financial instruments, which are subject to master netting agreements, on a net basis by counterparty portfolio.
 
39

Trustmark has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its interest rate swaps offered to qualified commercial borrowers fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, while the credit valuation adjustments associated with these derivatives utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads.  Trustmark has assessed the significance of the impact of the credit valuation adjustments on the overall valuation of its interest rate swaps and has determined that the credit valuation adjustment is not significant to the overall valuation of these derivatives.  As a result, Trustmark classifies its interest rate swap valuations in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Trustmark also utilizes exchange-traded derivative instruments such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts to achieve a fair value return that offsets the changes in fair value of MSR attributable to interest rates.  Fair values of these derivative instruments are determined from quoted prices in active markets for identical assets therefore allowing them to be classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy.  In addition, Trustmark utilizes derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments in its mortgage banking area which lack observable inputs for valuation purposes resulting in their inclusion in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

At this time, Trustmark presents no fair values that are derived through internal modeling.  Should positions requiring fair valuation arise that are not relevant to existing methodologies, Trustmark will make every reasonable effort to obtain market participant assumptions, or independent evaluation.

Financial Assets and Liabilities

The following tables summarize financial assets and financial liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, segregated by the level of valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value ($ in thousands).  There were no transfers between fair value levels for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014.

   
June 30, 2015
 
   
Total
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
U.S. Government agency obligations
 
$
107,418
   
$
-
   
$
107,418
   
$
-
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
   
151,322
     
-
     
151,322
     
-
 
Mortgage-backed securities
   
2,159,176
     
-
     
2,159,176
     
-
 
Asset-backed securities and structured financial products
   
28,467
     
-
     
28,467
     
-
 
Securities available for sale
   
2,446,383
     
-
     
2,446,383
     
-
 
Loans held for sale
   
147,539
     
-
     
147,539
     
-
 
Mortgage servicing rights
   
71,422
     
-
     
-
     
71,422
 
Other assets - derivatives
   
3,992
     
(309
)
   
2,680
     
1,621
 
Other liabilities - derivatives
   
1,508
     
742
     
766
     
-
 
                                 
   
December 31, 2014
 
   
Total
   
Level 1
   
Level 2
   
Level 3
 
U.S. Treasury securities
 
$
100
   
$
-
   
$
100
   
$
-
 
U.S. Government agency obligations
   
112,474
     
-
     
112,474
     
-
 
Obligations of states and political subdivisions
   
162,258
     
-
     
162,258
     
-
 
Mortgage-backed securities
   
2,068,035
     
-
     
2,068,035
     
-
 
Asset-backed securities and structured financial products
   
31,700
     
-
     
31,700
     
-
 
Securities available for sale
   
2,374,567
     
-
     
2,374,567
     
-
 
Loans held for sale
   
132,196
     
-
     
132,196
     
-
 
Mortgage servicing rights
   
64,358
     
-
     
-
     
64,358
 
Other assets - derivatives
   
5,527
     
1,181
     
3,047
     
1,299
 
Other liabilities - derivatives
   
4,338
     
490
     
3,848
     
-
 
 
40

The changes in Level 3 assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 are summarized as follows ($ in thousands):

   
MSR
   
Other Assets - Derivatives
 
Balance, January 1, 2015
 
$
64,358
   
$
1,299
 
Total net (loss) gain included in Mortgage banking, net (1)
   
(1,093
)
   
3,715
 
Additions
   
8,157
     
-
 
Sales
   
-
     
(3,393
)
Balance, June 30, 2015
 
$
71,422
   
$
1,621
 
                 
The amount of total gains (losses) for the period included in
earnings that are attributable to the change in unrealized
gains or losses still held at June 30, 2015
 
$
3,708
   
$
(564
)
                 
Balance, January 1, 2014
 
$
67,834
   
$
126
 
Total net (loss) gain included in Mortgage banking, net (1)
   
(7,964
)
   
2,493
 
Additions
   
5,179
     
-
 
Sales
   
-
     
(410
)
Balance, June 30, 2014
 
$
65,049
   
$
2,209
 
                 
The amount of total losses for the period included in
earnings that are attributable to the change in unrealized
gains or losses still held at June 30, 2014
 
$
(3,761
)
 
$
(594
)

(1)
Total net (loss) gain included in Mortgage banking, net relating to MSR includes changes in fair value due to market changes and due to run-off.

Trustmark may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with GAAP.  Assets at June 30, 2015, which have been measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, include impaired LHFI.  Loans for which it is probable Trustmark will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement are considered impaired.  Impaired LHFI have been determined to be collateral dependent and assessed using a fair value approach.  Specific allowances for impaired LHFI are based on comparisons of the recorded carrying values of the loans to the present value of the estimated cash flows of these loans at each loan’s original effective interest rate, the fair value of the collateral or the observable market prices of the loans.  Fair value estimates begin with appraised values based on the current market value or as-is value of the property being appraised, normally from recently received and reviewed appraisals.  Appraisals are obtained from state-certified appraisers and are based on certain assumptions, which may include construction or development status and the highest and best use of the property.  These appraisals are reviewed by Trustmark’s Appraisal Review Department to ensure they are acceptable.  Appraised values are adjusted down for costs associated with asset disposal.  At June 30, 2015, Trustmark had outstanding balances of $37.9 million in impaired LHFI that were specifically identified for evaluation and written down to the fair value of the underlying collateral less cost to sell based on the fair value of the collateral or other unobservable input compared to $47.1 million at December 31, 2014.  These specifically evaluated impaired LHFI are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.  Impaired LHFI are periodically reviewed and evaluated for additional impairment and adjusted accordingly based on the same factors identified above.

Nonfinancial Assets and Liabilities

Certain nonfinancial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis include foreclosed assets (upon initial recognition or subsequent impairment), nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities measured at fair value in the second step of a goodwill impairment test, and intangible assets and other nonfinancial long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment.

Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, includes assets that have been acquired in satisfaction of debt through foreclosure and is recorded at the lower of cost or estimated fair value less the estimated cost of disposition.  Fair value is based on independent appraisals and other relevant factors.  In the determination of fair value subsequent to foreclosure, Management also considers other factors or recent developments, such as changes in market conditions from the time of valuation and anticipated sales values considering plans for disposition, which could result in an adjustment to lower the collateral value estimates indicated in the appraisals.  At June 30, 2015, Trustmark’s geographic other real estate distribution was concentrated primarily in its five key market regions: Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.  The ultimate recovery of a substantial portion of the carrying amount of other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, is susceptible to changes in market conditions in these areas.  Periodic revaluations are classified as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy since assumptions are used that may not be observable in the market.
 
41

Certain foreclosed assets, upon initial recognition, are remeasured and reported at fair value through a charge-off to the allowance for loan losses based upon the fair value of the foreclosed asset.  The fair value of a foreclosed asset, upon initial recognition, is estimated using Level 3 inputs based on adjusted observable market data.  Foreclosed assets measured at fair value upon initial recognition totaled $20.5 million (utilizing Level 3 valuation inputs) during the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared with $24.6 million for the same period in 2014.  In connection with the measurement and initial recognition of the foregoing foreclosed assets, Trustmark recognized charge-offs of the allowance for loan losses totaling $3.9 million and $6.7 million for the first six months of 2015 and 2014, respectively.  Other than foreclosed assets measured at fair value upon initial recognition, $25.7 million of foreclosed assets were remeasured during the first six months of 2015, requiring write-downs of $993 thousand to reach their current fair values compared to $25.9 million of foreclosed assets that were remeasured during the first six months of 2014, requiring write-downs of $3.3 million.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

FASB ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments,” requires disclosure of the fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities, including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not measured and reported at fair value on a recurring basis or non-recurring basis. A detailed description of the valuation methodologies used in estimating the fair value of financial instruments can be found in Note 19 – Fair Value included in Item 8 of Trustmark’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.

The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of financial instruments at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, are as follows ($ in thousands):

 
June 30, 2015
December 31, 2014
   
Carrying
Value
   
Estimated
Fair Value
   
Carrying
Value
   
Estimated
Fair Value
 
Financial Assets:
               
Level 2 Inputs:
               
Cash and short-term investments
 
$
255,050
   
$
255,050
   
$
317,858
   
$
317,858
 
Securities held to maturity
   
1,190,161
     
1,200,217
     
1,170,685
     
1,182,846
 
Level 3 Inputs:
                               
Net LHFI
   
6,375,907
     
6,431,470
     
6,379,853
     
6,453,618
 
Net acquired loans
   
453,770
     
453,770
     
537,350
     
537,350
 
FDIC indemnification asset
   
2,632
     
2,632
     
6,997
     
6,997
 
                                 
Financial Liabilities:
                               
Level 2 Inputs:
                               
Deposits
   
9,792,174
     
9,797,257
     
9,698,358
     
9,702,864
 
Short-term liabilities
   
679,206
     
679,206
     
868,620
     
868,620
 
Long-term FHLB advances
   
1,204
     
1,211
     
1,253
     
1,263
 
Subordinated notes
   
49,953
     
52,626
     
49,936
     
53,504
 
Junior subordinated debt securities
   
61,856
     
46,392
     
61,856
     
46,392
 

In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are generally based on estimates using present value techniques.  Trustmark’s premise in present value techniques is to represent the fair values on a basis of replacement value of the existing instrument given observed market rates on the measurement date.  These techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows.  In that regard, the derived fair value estimates for those assets or liabilities cannot necessarily be substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, may not be realizable in immediate settlement of the instruments.  The estimated fair value of financial instruments with immediate and shorter-term maturities (generally 90 days or less) is assumed to be the same as the recorded book value.  All nonfinancial instruments, by definition, have been excluded from these disclosure requirements.  Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not represent the underlying value of Trustmark.

The fair values of net LHFI are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics.  For variable rate LHFI that reprice frequently with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values.  The fair values of certain mortgage LHFI, such as 1-4 family residential properties, are based on quoted market prices of similar loans sold in conjunction with securitization transactions, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics.  The fair values of other types of LHFI are estimated by discounting the future cash flows using the current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings and for the same remaining maturities.  The processes for estimating the fair value of net LHFI described above does not represent an exit price under FASB ASC Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures,” and such an exit price could potentially produce a different fair value estimate at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
 
42

Fair Value Option

Trustmark has elected to account for its mortgage LHFS purchased or originated on or after October 1, 2014 under the fair value option, with interest income on these mortgage LHFS reported in interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI.  The fair value of the mortgage LHFS is determined using quoted prices for a similar asset, adjusted for specific attributes of that loan.  The mortgage LHFS are actively managed and monitored and certain market risks of the loans may be mitigated through the use of derivatives.  These derivative instruments are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net.  The changes in the fair value of the LHFS are largely offset by changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments.  For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, a net loss of $2.2 million and $1.8 million was recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net for changes in the fair value of the LHFS accounted for under the fair value option.  Interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 included $1.3 million and $2.3 million, respectively, of interest earned on the LHFS accounted for under the fair value option.  Election of the fair value option allows Trustmark to reduce the accounting volatility that would otherwise result from the asymmetry created by accounting for the financial instruments at the lower of cost or fair value and the derivatives at fair value.  The fair value option election does not apply to the GNMA optional repurchase loans.

The following table provides information about the fair value and the contractual principal outstanding of the LHFS accounted for under the fair value option as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 ($ in thousands):

   
June 30, 2015
   
December 31, 2014
 
Fair value of LHFS
 
$
128,329
   
$
91,182
 
LHFS contractual principal outstanding
   
126,627
     
88,106
 
Fair value less unpaid principal
 
$
1,702
   
$
3,076
 

Note 17 – Derivative Financial Instruments

Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments

On April 4, 2013, Trustmark entered into a forward interest rate swap contract on junior subordinated debentures with a total notional amount of $60.0 million.  The interest rate swap contract was designated as a derivative instrument in a cash flow hedge under FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” with the objective of protecting the quarterly interest payments on Trustmark’s $60.0 million of junior subordinated debentures issued to Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I throughout the five-year period beginning December 31, 2014 and ending December 31, 2019 from the risk of variability of those payments resulting from changes in the three-month LIBOR interest rate.  Under the swap, which became effective on December 31, 2014, Trustmark will pay a fixed interest rate of 1.66% and receive a variable interest rate based on three-month LIBOR on a total notional amount of $60.0 million, with quarterly net settlements.

No ineffectiveness related to the interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge was recognized in the consolidated statements of income for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.  The accumulated net after-tax loss related to the effective cash flow hedge included in accumulated other comprehensive loss totaled $37 thousand at June 30, 2015 compared to an accumulated net after-tax gain of $136 thousand at December 31, 2014.  Amounts reported in accumulated other comprehensive loss related to this derivative are reclassified to other interest expense as interest payments are made on Trustmark’s variable rate junior subordinated debentures.  During the next twelve months, Trustmark estimates that $704 thousand will be reclassified as an increase to other interest expense.

Derivatives not Designated as Hedging Instruments

Trustmark utilizes a portfolio of exchange-traded derivative instruments, such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts, to achieve a fair value return that economically hedges changes in the fair value of MSR attributable to interest rates.  These transactions are considered freestanding derivatives that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting.  Changes in the fair value of these exchange-traded derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by changes in the fair value of MSR.  The impact of this strategy resulted in a net positive ineffectiveness of $2.1 million and $546 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, the impact was a net positive ineffectiveness of $3.4 million and $2.4 million, respectively.
 
43

As part of Trustmark’s risk management strategy in the mortgage banking area, derivative instruments such as forward sales contracts are utilized.  Trustmark’s obligations under forward sales contracts consist of commitments to deliver mortgage loans, originated and/or purchased, in the secondary market at a future date.  On October 1, 2014, Trustmark elected to account for its mortgage LHFS under the fair value option in order to reduce the accounting volatility of related hedges.  As a result of this election, the forward sales contracts no longer qualify as derivative instruments designated as fair value hedges under FASB ASC Topic 815.  Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by changes in the fair value of LHFS.  Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $248.0 million at June 30, 2015, with a positive valuation adjustment of $2.0 million, compared to $142.0 million, with a negative valuation adjustment of $1.0 million as of December 31, 2014.

Trustmark also utilizes derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments in its mortgage banking area.  Interest rate lock commitments are residential mortgage loan commitments with customers, which guarantee a specified interest rate for a specified time period.  Changes in the fair value of these derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of forward sales contracts.  Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $187.4 million at June 30, 2015, with a positive valuation adjustment of $1.6 million, compared to $88.4 million, with a positive valuation adjustment of $1.3 million as of December 31, 2014.

Trustmark offers certain derivatives products directly to qualified commercial lending clients seeking to manage their interest rate risk.  Trustmark economically hedges interest rate swap transactions executed with commercial lending clients by entering into offsetting interest rate swap transactions with institutional derivatives market participants.  Derivatives transactions executed as part of this program are not designated as qualifying hedging relationships and are, therefore, carried at fair value with the change in fair value recorded in noninterest income in bank card and other fees.  Because these derivatives have mirror-image contractual terms, in addition to collateral provisions which mitigate the impact of non-performance risk, the changes in fair value are expected to substantially offset.  As of June 30, 2015, Trustmark had interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $348.0 million related to this program, compared to $349.4 million as of December 31, 2014.

Credit-risk-related Contingent Features

Trustmark has agreements with its financial institution counterparties that contain provisions where if Trustmark defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then Trustmark could also be declared in default on its derivatives obligations.

As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the termination value of interest rate swaps in a liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $1.9 million.  As of June 30, 2015, Trustmark had posted collateral of $2.0 million against its obligations because of negotiated thresholds and minimum transfer amounts under these agreements.  If Trustmark had breached any of these triggering provisions at June 30, 2015, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value.

Credit risk participation agreements arise when Trustmark contracts with other financial institutions, as a guarantor or beneficiary, to share credit risk associated with certain interest rate swaps.  These agreements provide for reimbursement of losses resulting from a third party default on the underlying swap.  As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Trustmark had entered into three risk participation agreements as a beneficiary with an aggregate notional amount of $18.8 million and $19.1 million, respectively.  As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Trustmark had entered into one risk participation agreement as a guarantor with an aggregate notional amount of $6.0 million and $6.2 million, respectively.  The fair values of these risk participation agreements were immaterial at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.
 
44

Tabular Disclosures

The following tables disclose the fair value of derivative instruments in Trustmark’s balance sheets as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 as well as the effect of these derivative instruments on Trustmark’s results of operations for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
June 30, 2015
   
December 31, 2014
 
Derivatives in hedging relationships
       
Interest rate contracts:
       
Interest rate swaps included in other assets
 
$
(60
)
 
$
221
 
                 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
               
Interest rate contracts:
               
Futures contracts included in other assets
 
$
(620
)
 
$
928
 
Exchange traded purchased options included in other assets
   
311
     
253
 
OTC written options (rate locks) included in other assets
   
1,621
     
1,299
 
Interest rate swaps included in other assets
   
2,722
     
2,804
 
Credit risk participation agreements included in other assets
   
18
     
22
 
Forward contracts included in other liabilities
   
(1,957
)
   
1,014
 
Exchange traded written options included in other liabilities
   
742
     
490
 
Interest rate swaps included in other liabilities
   
2,705
     
2,813
 
Credit risk participation agreements included in other liabilities
   
18
     
21
 

   
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2015
   
2014
 
Derivatives in hedging relationships
               
Amount of loss recognized from accumulated other
comprehensive loss and recognized in other interest expense
 
$
(209
)
 
$
-
   
$
(421
)
 
$
-
 
Amount of loss recognized in mortgage banking, net
   
-
     
(2,269
)
   
-
     
(4,299
)
                                 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments
                               
Amount of (loss) gain recognized in mortgage banking, net
 
$
(1,594
)
 
$
4,977
   
$
2,956
   
$
8,253
 
Amount of gain (loss) recognized in bank card and other fees
   
118
     
(122
)
   
34
     
(243
)

The following table discloses the amount included in other comprehensive (loss) income for derivative instruments designated as cash flow hedges for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2015
   
2014
 
Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationship
               
Amount of gain (loss) recognized in other comprehensive income
 
$
174
   
$
(562
)
 
$
(434
)
 
$
(970
)
 
45

Trustmark’s interest rate swap derivative instruments are subject to master netting agreements, and therefore, eligible for offsetting in the consolidated balance sheet.  Trustmark has elected to not offset any derivative instruments in its consolidated balance sheets.  Information about financial instruments that are eligible for offset in the consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 is presented in the following tables ($ in thousands):

Offsetting of Derivative Assets
As of June 30, 2015
                 
            
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Statement of Financial Position
   
             
 
Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Assets
Gross Amounts Offset
in the Statement of
Financial Position
Net Amounts of
Assets presented in
the Statement of
Financial Position
 
Financial
Instruments
   
Cash Collateral
Received
 
Net Amount
Derivatives
$
2,662
$
-
 $
2,662  
$
(395
)
 
$
-
 
 $
2,267
 
Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities
As of June 30, 2015
                   
             
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Statement of Financial Position
   
                 
 
Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Liabilities
 
Gross Amounts Offset
in the Statement of
Financial Position
 
Net Amounts of
Liabilities presented
in the Statement of
Financial Position
 
Financial
Instruments
 
Cash Collateral
Posted
 
Net Amount
Derivatives
$
2,705
 
$
-   $
2,705
  $
(395)
  $
1,029
  $
1,281
 
Offsetting of Derivative Assets
As of December 31, 2014
                   
             
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Statement of Financial Position
   
                 
 
Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Assets
 
Gross Amounts Offset
in the Statement of
Financial Position
 
Net Amounts of
Assets presented in
the Statement of
Financial Position
 
Financial
Instruments
 
Cash Collateral
Received
 
Net Amount
Derivatives
$
3,025
 
$
-   $
3,025
  $
(347)
 
$
-   $
2,678
 
Offsetting of Derivative Liabilities
As of December 31, 2014
                   
             
Gross Amounts Not Offset in the
Statement of Financial Position
   
                 
 
Gross Amounts
of Recognized
Liabilities
 
Gross Amounts Offset
in the Statement of
Financial Position
 
Net Amounts of
Liabilities presented
in the Statement of
Financial Position
 
Financial
Instruments
 
Cash Collateral
Posted
 
Net Amount
Derivatives
$
2,813
 
$
-   $
2,813
  $
(347)
 
$
-   $
2,466
 
46

Note 18 – Segment Information

Trustmark’s management reporting structure includes three segments: General Banking, Wealth Management and Insurance.  General Banking is primarily responsible for all traditional banking products and services, including loans and deposits.  General Banking also consists of internal operations such as Human Resources, Executive Administration, Treasury, Funds Management, Public Affairs and Corporate Finance.  Wealth Management provides customized solutions for customers by integrating financial services with traditional banking products and services such as money management, full-service brokerage, financial planning, personal and institutional trust and retirement services.  Through Fisher Brown Bottrell Insurance, Inc. (FBBI), a wholly owned subsidiary of TNB, Trustmark’s Insurance Division provides a full range of retail insurance products including commercial risk management products, bonding, group benefits and personal lines coverage.  During the second quarter of 2014, Trustmark revised the composition of its operating segments by moving the Private Banking group from the Wealth Management Division to the General Banking Division as the result of a change in supervision of this group for segment reporting purposes.

The accounting policies of each reportable segment are the same as those of Trustmark except for its internal allocations. Noninterest expenses for back-office operations support are allocated to segments based on estimated uses of those services. Trustmark measures the net interest income of its business segments with a process that assigns cost of funds or earnings credit on a matched-term basis.  This process, called “funds transfer pricing”, charges an appropriate cost of funds to assets held by a business unit, or credits the business unit for potential earnings for carrying liabilities.  The net of these charges and credits flows through to the General Banking segment, which contains the management team responsible for determining TNB’s funding and interest rate risk strategies.
 
47

The following table discloses financial information by reportable segment for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2015
   
2014
 
General Banking
               
Net interest income
 
$
96,815
   
$
105,064
   
$
194,075
   
$
199,750
 
Provision for loan losses, net
   
1,858
     
4,135
     
3,990
     
3,393
 
Noninterest income
   
28,417
     
28,139
     
54,157
     
56,022
 
Noninterest expense
   
86,843
     
89,545
     
172,360
     
178,132
 
Income before income taxes
   
36,531
     
39,523
     
71,882
     
74,247
 
Income taxes
   
8,297
     
8,563
     
16,381
     
16,477
 
General banking net income
 
$
28,234
   
$
30,960
   
$
55,501
   
$
57,770
 
                                 
Selected Financial Information
                               
Average assets
 
$
12,036,687
   
$
11,898,424
   
$
12,054,143
   
$
11,876,198
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
$
9,172
   
$
8,918
   
$
18,047
   
$
17,393
 
                                 
Wealth Management
                               
Net interest income
 
$
48
   
$
134
   
$
103
   
$
282
 
Noninterest income
   
7,722
     
7,698
     
15,729
     
15,795
 
Noninterest expense
   
6,408
     
6,620
     
13,178
     
13,054
 
Income before income taxes
   
1,362
     
1,212
     
2,654
     
3,023
 
Income taxes
   
502
     
402
     
1,015
     
1,002
 
Wealth management net income
 
$
860
   
$
810
   
$
1,639
   
$
2,021
 
                                 
Selected Financial Information
                               
Average assets
 
$
4,256
   
$
2,084
   
$
3,052
   
$
2,159
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
$
49
   
$
49
   
$
95
   
$
95
 
                                 
Insurance
                               
Net interest income
 
$
86
   
$
90
   
$
163
   
$
160
 
Noninterest income
   
9,404
     
8,303
     
18,020
     
16,401
 
Noninterest expense
   
7,015
     
6,596
     
13,944
     
13,193
 
Income before income taxes
   
2,475
     
1,797
     
4,239
     
3,368
 
Income taxes
   
967
     
670
     
1,629
     
1,259
 
Insurance net income
 
$
1,508
   
$
1,127
   
$
2,610
   
$
2,109
 
                                 
Selected Financial Information
                               
Average assets
 
$
72,316
   
$
70,515
   
$
62,053
   
$
66,707
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
$
228
   
$
233
   
$
387
   
$
468
 
                                 
Consolidated
                               
Net interest income
 
$
96,949
   
$
105,288
   
$
194,341
   
$
200,192
 
Provision for loan losses, net
   
1,858
     
4,135
     
3,990
     
3,393
 
Noninterest income
   
45,543
     
44,140
     
87,906
     
88,218
 
Noninterest expense
   
100,266
     
102,761
     
199,482
     
204,379
 
Income before income taxes
   
40,368
     
42,532
     
78,775
     
80,638
 
Income taxes
   
9,766
     
9,635
     
19,025
     
18,738
 
Consolidated net income
 
$
30,602
   
$
32,897
   
$
59,750
   
$
61,900
 
                                 
Selected Financial Information
                               
Average assets
 
$
12,113,259
   
$
11,971,023
   
$
12,119,248
   
$
11,945,064
 
Depreciation and amortization
 
$
9,449
   
$
9,200
   
$
18,529
   
$
17,956
 
 
48

Note 19 – Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements

ASU 2015-03, “Interest-Imputation of Interest (Subtopic 835-30): Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs.”  Issued in April 2015, ASU 2015-03 addresses the different balance sheet presentation requirements for debt issuance cost and debt discount and premiums, which creates unnecessary complexity.  ASU 2015-03 requires that debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt liability be presented in the balance sheet as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the debt liability, consistent with debt discounts.  The recognition and measurement guidance for debt issuance costs are not affected by the amendments of ASU 2015-03.  The amendments of ASU 2015-03 are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015.  The adoption of ASU 2015-03 is not expected to have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2015-02, “Consolidation (Subtopic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis.” Issued in February 2015, ASU 2015-02 eliminates the indefinite deferral allowed under ASU 2009-17, “Consolidation (Topic 810): Improvements to Financial Reporting by Enterprises Involved with Variable Interest Entities,” for investments in certain investment funds, and significantly changes the analysis that a reporting entity must perform to determine whether it should consolidate certain types of legal entities.  The changes include, among others, modification of the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities (VIEs) or voting interest entities and elimination of the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership.  ASU 2015-02 is expected to result in the deconsolidation of many entities; however, reporting entities will need to reevaluate all previous consolidation conclusions.  The amendments of ASU 2015-02 are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015.  The adoption of ASU 2015-02 is not expected to have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2014-14, “Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Classification of Certain Government-Guaranteed Residential Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).” Issued in August 2014, ASU 2014-14 requires that a mortgage loan be derecognized and that a separate other receivable be recognized upon foreclosure if (1) the loan has a government guarantee that is not separable from the loan before foreclosure; (2) at the time of foreclosure, the creditor has the intent to convey the real estate property to the guarantor and make a claim on the guarantee, and the creditor has the ability to recover under the claim; and (3) at the time of foreclosure, any amount of the claim that is determined on the basis of the fair value of the real estate is fixed.  ASU 2014-14 also provides that upon foreclosure, the separate other receivable would be measured based on the current amount of the loan balance (principal and interest) expected to be recovered under the guarantee.  ASU 2014-14 became effective for Trustmark on January 1, 2015, and was applied using the prospective transition method as described in ASU 2014-14.  The adoption of ASU 2014-14 did not have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2014-11, “Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860) – Repurchase-to-Maturity Transactions, Repurchase Financings, and Disclosures.” Issued in June 2014, ASU 2014-11 changes the accounting for repurchase-to-maturity transactions to secured borrowing accounting, and for repurchase financing arrangements requires separate accounting for a transfer of a financial asset executed contemporaneously with a repurchase agreement with the same counterparty, which will result in secured borrowing accounting for the repurchase agreement.  ASU 2014-11 also requires disclosures for certain transactions comprising a transfer of a financial asset accounted for as a sale and an agreement with the same transferee entered into in contemplation of the initial transfer that results in the transferor retaining substantially all of the exposure to the economic return on the transferred financial asset throughout the term of the transaction.  ASU 2014-11 requires interim and annual disclosures for repurchase agreements, securities lending transactions and repurchase-to-maturity transactions that are accounted for as secured borrowings, which include a disaggregation of the gross obligation by class of collateral pledged; the remaining contractual tenor of the agreements; and a discussion of the potential risks associated with the agreements and the related collateral pledged, including obligations arising from a decline in the fair value of the collateral pledged and how those risks are managed.  The accounting changes and disclosure requirements for certain transactions accounted for as a sale in ASU 2014-11 became effective for Trustmark’s on January 1, 2014 and had no impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements due to Trustmark’s existing policy of accounting for its repurchase agreements as secured borrowings.  The disclosures requirements for transactions accounted for as secured borrowings in ASU 2014-11 became effective for Trustmark on April 1, 2015.  For Trustmark, the adoption of ASU 2014-11 resulted in a change in presentation only for the newly required disclosures, which are included in Note 9 – Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements, and had no impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.
 
49

ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” Issued in May 2014, ASU 2014-09 will add FASB ASC Topic 606, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers,” and will supersede revenue recognition requirements in FASB ASC Topic 605, “Revenue Recognition,” as well as certain cost guidance in FASB ASC Topic 605-35, “Revenue Recognition – Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts.”  ASU 2014-09 provides a framework for revenue recognition that replaces the existing industry and transaction specific requirements under the existing standards.  ASU 2014-09 requires an entity to apply a five-step model to determine when to recognize revenue and at what amount.  The model specifies that revenue should be recognized when (or as) an entity transfers control of goods or services to a customer at the amount in which the entity expects to be entitled.  Depending on whether certain criteria are met, revenue should be recognized either over time, in a manner that depicts the entity’s performance, or at a point in time, when control of the goods or services are transferred to the customer.  ASU 2014-09 provides that an entity should apply the following steps: (1) identify the contract(s) with a customer; (2) identify the performance obligations in the contract; (3) determine the transaction price; (4) allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract; and (5) recognize revenue when, or as, the entity satisfies a performance obligation.  In addition, the existing requirements for the recognition of a gain or loss on the transfer of non-financial assets that are not in a contract with a customer are amended to be consistent with the guidance on recognition and measurement in ASU 2014-09.  The amendments of ASU 2014-09 are effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2016, and may be applied either retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying ASU 2014-09 recognized at the date of initial application.  If the transition method of application is elected, the entity should also provide the additional disclosures in reporting periods that include the date of initial application of (1) the amount by which each financial statement line item is affected in the current reporting period, as compared to the guidance that was in effect before the change, and (2) an explanation of the reasons for significant changes.  Management is currently evaluating the impact this ASU will have on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements as well as the most appropriate method of application; however, regardless of the method of application selected, the adoption of ASU 2014-09 is not expected to have a material impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2014-04, “Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40): Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).” Issued in January 2014, ASU 2014-04 clarifies when an “in substance repossession or foreclosure” occurs, that is, when a creditor should be considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loans, such that all or a portion of the loan should be derecognized and the real estate property recognized.  ASU 2014-04 states that a creditor is considered to have received physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan, upon either the creditor obtaining legal title to the residential real estate property upon completion of a foreclosure, or the borrower conveying all interest in the residential real estate property to the creditor to satisfy that loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement.  The amendments of ASU 2014-04 also require interim and annual disclosure of both the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by the creditor and the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure.  The amendments of ASU 2014-04 may be applied using either a modified retrospective transition method or a prospective transition method.  ASU 2014-04 became effective for Trustmark’s financial statements on January 1, 2015 and was applied using the prospective transition method.  For Trustmark, the adoption of ASU 2014-04 resulted in a change in presentation only for the newly required disclosures, which are included in Note 3 – Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI, and had no impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

ASU 2014-01, “Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323): Accounting for Investments in Qualified Affordable Housing Projects (a consensus of the FASB Emerging Issues Task Force).”  Issued in January 2014, ASU 2014-01 permits reporting entities that invest in qualified affordable housing projects to elect to account for those investments using the “proportional amortization method” if certain conditions are met.  Under this method, an entity amortizes the initial cost of the investment in proportion to the tax credits and other tax benefits received and recognizes the net investment performance in the income statement as a component of income tax expense (benefit).  The decision to apply the proportional amortization method of accounting is an accounting policy decision and should be applied consistently to all qualifying affordable housing project investments.  ASU 2014-01 should be applied retrospectively to all periods presented, and became effective for Trustmark’s financial statements on January 1, 2015.  Trustmark currently accounts for its tax credit investments utilizing the equity method of accounting and does not have a significant amount of investments in qualified affordable housing projects that qualify for the low income housing tax credit.  Trustmark did not elect the proportional amortization method of accounting for its investments in low income housing tax credits; however, management will review any future investments in qualified affordable housing projects to determine if the investments meet the conditions required for using the proportional amortization method of accounting and make a decision regarding the accounting policy.  The adoption of ASU 2014-01 had no impact on Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.
 
50

ITEM 2.
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following provides a narrative discussion and analysis of Trustmark Corporation’s (Trustmark) financial condition and results of operations.  This discussion should be read in conjunction with the unaudited consolidated financial statements and the supplemental financial data included elsewhere in this report.

Description of Business

Trustmark, a Mississippi business corporation incorporated in 1968, is a bank holding company headquartered in Jackson, Mississippi.  Trustmark’s principal subsidiary is Trustmark National Bank (TNB), initially chartered by the State of Mississippi in 1889.  At June 30, 2015, TNB had total assets of $12.180 billion, which represented approximately 99.98% of the consolidated assets of Trustmark.

Through TNB and its other subsidiaries, Trustmark operates as a financial services organization providing banking and other financial solutions through 201 offices and 2,989 full-time equivalent associates (measured at June 30, 2015) located in the states of Alabama (primarily in the central and southern regions of that state, which are collectively referred to herein as Trustmark’s Alabama market), Florida (primarily in the northwest or “Panhandle” region of that state, which is referred to herein as Trustmark’s Florida market), Mississippi, Tennessee (in Memphis and the Northern Mississippi regions, which are collectively referred to herein as Trustmark’s Tennessee market), and Texas (primarily in Houston, which is referred to herein as Trustmark’s Texas market).  The principal products produced and services rendered by TNB and Trustmark’s other subsidiaries are as follows:

Trustmark National Bank

Commercial Banking – TNB provides a full range of commercial banking services to corporations and other business customers.  Loans are provided for a variety of general corporate purposes, including financing for commercial and industrial projects, income producing commercial real estate, owner-occupied real estate and construction and land development.  TNB also provides deposit services, including checking, savings and money market accounts and certificates of deposit as well as treasury management services.

Consumer Banking – TNB provides banking services to consumers, including checking, savings, and money market accounts as well as certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts.  In addition, TNB provides consumer customers with installment and real estate loans and lines of credit.

Mortgage Banking – TNB provides mortgage banking services, including construction financing, production of conventional and government insured mortgages, secondary marketing and mortgage servicing.  At June 30, 2015, TNB’s mortgage loan portfolio totaled approximately $1.087 billion, while its portfolio of mortgage loans serviced for others, including Federal National Mortgage Association (FNMA), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (FHLMC) and Government National Mortgage Association (GNMA), totaled approximately $5.732 billion.

Insurance  TNB provides a competitive array of insurance solutions for business and individual risk management needs.  Business insurance offerings include services and specialized products for medical professionals, construction, manufacturing, hospitality, real estate and group life and health plans.  Individual customers are also provided life and health insurance, and personal line policies.  TNB provides these services through Fisher Brown Bottrell Insurance, Inc. (FBBI), a Mississippi corporation which is based in Jackson, Mississippi.

Wealth Management and Trust Services – TNB offers specialized services and expertise in the areas of wealth management, trust, investment and custodial services for corporate and individual customers.  These services include the administration of personal trusts and estates as well as the management of investment accounts for individuals, employee benefit plans and charitable foundations.  TNB also provides corporate trust and institutional custody, securities brokerage, financial and estate planning, retirement plan services as well as life insurance and other risk management services provided by FBBI.  TNB’s Wealth Management Division is also assisted by Trustmark Investment Advisors, Inc. (TIA), a Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)-registered investment adviser.  TIA provides customized investment management services to TNB’s Wealth Management Division, which in turn relies upon that advice to provide investment management services to TNB’s wealth management customers.  During the second quarter of 2014, TNB moved the administration of Private Banking, previously reported in the Wealth Management Division, to the General Banking Division, which encompasses TNB’s commercial, consumer and mortgage banking products and services.  At June 30, 2015, Trustmark held assets under management and administration of $11.082 billion and brokerage assets of $1.607 billion.
 
51

New Market Tax Credits (NMTC) – TNB provides an intermediary vehicle for the provision of loans or investments in Low-Income Communities (LICs) through its subsidiary Southern Community Capital, LLC (SCC).  SCC is a Mississippi single member limited liability company and a certified Community Development Entity (CDE).  The primary mission of SCC is to provide investment capital for LICs, as defined by Section 45D of the Internal Revenue Code, or Low-Income Persons (LIPs).  As a certified CDE, SCC is able to apply to the Community Development Financial Institutions Fund (CDFI Fund) to receive NMTC allocations to offer investors in exchange for equity investments in qualified projects.

Capital Trust

Trustmark Preferred Capital Trust I (the Trust) is a Delaware trust affiliate formed in 2006 to facilitate a private placement of $60.0 million in trust preferred securities.  As defined in applicable accounting standards, the Trust is considered a variable interest entity for which Trustmark is not the primary beneficiary.  Accordingly, the accounts of the Trust are not included in Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements.

Executive Overview

Trustmark continued to achieve solid financial results with total revenues of $142.5 million and $282.2 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, respectively.  Trustmark experienced growth during the second quarter of 2015 in the loans held for investment (LHFI) portfolio in the Alabama and Texas market regions, in addition to growth in its mortgage banking and insurance businesses.  Credit quality remained strong and continued to be an important contributor to Trustmark’s financial success.  Noninterest income increased 7.5% from the prior quarter and 3.2% from one year earlier, resulting from strong growth across Trustmark’s fee-income businesses, and noninterest expense remained well-controlled.  Trustmark’s capital position remained solid, reflecting the consistent profitability of its diversified financial services businesses.  Trustmark also continued the realignment of its retail delivery channels to enhance productivity and efficiency as well as promote additional revenue growth.  Trustmark’s investments in remote deposit ATMs and myTrustmarkSM, Trustmark’s new online consumer-banking solution introduced during the second quarter of 2015, have been well-received by its customers.  Trustmark is committed to investments to support profitable revenue growth as well as reengineering and efficiency opportunities to enhance shareholder value.  Trustmark’s Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.23 per share.  The dividend is payable September 15, 2015, to shareholders of record on September 1, 2015.

Recent Economic and Industry Developments

The economy has continued to show moderate signs of improvement; however, lingering economic concerns remain as a result of the cumulative weight of soft labor markets in the United States, volatility in crude oil prices, slowing growth in markets in Western Europe, as well as in China and other emerging markets, combined with uncertainty regarding the timing of the anticipated tightening of the monetary policy by the Federal Reserve Board (FRB), and the continued instability of the Russian and Greek economies.  Doubts surrounding the near-term direction of global markets are expected to persist for some time.  While Trustmark’s customer base is wholly domestic, international economic conditions can affect domestic conditions, and thus may have an impact upon Trustmark’s financial condition or results of operations.

Notwithstanding the various issues affecting European and Asian economies, the economy in the United States improved slightly during the six months of 2015.  Estimated employment growth in the United States for the first six months of 2015 was reported to average approximately 208,000 jobs created per month compared to approximately 228,000 jobs created per month during the first six months of 2014, while the unemployment rate declined to 5.3% as of June 2015 compared to 5.6% as of December 2014.  Consumer confidence in the United States rose by approximately 9.5% in the first six months of 2015, which reportedly reflected consumers’ increased optimism about the current state of business and employment conditions as well as the short-term outlook for both business conditions and the labor market.  In the July 2015 “Summary of Commentary on Current Economic Conditions by Federal Reserve Districts,” the twelve Federal Reserve Districts’ reports suggested national economic activity continued to expand at a moderate to modest pace during the reporting period, and noted growth in lending activity, with real estate lending increased in half the districts and consumer lending, auto loans in particular, up in several districts.  Reports by the three Federal Reserve Districts covering the southeast United States, which include Trustmark’s five key market regions, suggested that economic activity increased at a moderate pace, with most businesses reporting improved sales and positive outlooks for the near term, with the exception of the energy sector.  These three Federal Reserve Districts also reported increased loan demand, improvements in residential and commercial real estate activity and increased commercial construction.

The FRB has recently signaled its intent to begin increasing interest rates during the second half of 2015, depending upon the performance of the economy in the coming months.  It is, however, not possible to predict the timing or amount of any such increase in the coming year.  Low interest rates will continue to place pressure on net interest margins, as older, higher-yielding assets continue to mature or default and can only be replaced with lower-yielding instruments.
 
52

In the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation’s (FDIC’s) first quarter 2015 “Quarterly Banking Profile” (published May 27, 2015), insured institutions reported an aggregate increase in net income for the first quarter of 2015 compared to that of 2014, principally due to an increase in reported net operating revenue (the sum of net interest income and total noninterest income).  The reported increase in net operating revenue for the first quarter of 2015 compared to that of 2014 was attributed to an aggregate increase in net interest income as well as noninterest income, which was principally due to higher trading revenue and income from the sale, securitization and servicing of mortgage loans.  Insured institutions reported an aggregate decrease in the average net interest margin for the first quarter of 2015 compared to that of 2014, as higher-yielding assets matured and were replaced by lower-yielding investments in a low interest-rate environment.  These institutions also reported (i) an aggregate increase in quarterly loan loss provisions for the third consecutive quarter; (ii) the lowest quarterly charge-off rate since the third quarter of 2006; (iii) improved noncurrent levels as the percentage of total loans and leases that were noncurrent declined to a seven-year low; (iv) declines in loan loss reserves for the twentieth consecutive quarter; and (v) increased equity capital.

Management has continued to carefully monitor the impact of liquidity in the financial markets, changes in values of securities and other assets, loan performance, default rates and other financial and macro‑economic indicators, in order to navigate the challenging economic environment.  Managing credit risks resulting from current economic and real estate market conditions also continues to be a primary focus for Trustmark.  Trustmark did not make significant changes to its loan underwriting standards during the first six months of 2015.  Trustmark’s willingness to make loans to qualified applicants that meet its traditional, prudent lending standards has not changed.  Trustmark adheres to interagency guidelines regarding concentration limits of commercial real estate loans.  As a result of the continued economic uncertainty, Trustmark remains cautious in granting credit involving certain categories of real estate as well as in making exceptions to its loan policy.

Financial Highlights

Trustmark reported net income of $30.6 million, or basic and diluted earnings per share of $0.45 in the second quarter of 2015, compared to $32.9 million, or basic and diluted earnings per share of $0.49 in the second quarter of 2014.  Trustmark’s performance during the quarter ended June 30, 2015, produced a return on average tangible equity of 12.05% and a return on average assets of 1.01% compared to a return on average tangible equity of 13.90% and a return on average assets of 1.10% during the quarter ended June 30, 2014.  For the six months ending June 30, 2015, Trustmark reported net income of $59.8 million, or basic and diluted earnings per share of $0.88, compared to $61.9 million, or basic and diluted earnings per share of $0.92, for the six months ending June 30, 2014.  Trustmark’s performance for the six months ended June 30, 2015, produced a return on average tangible equity of 11.96% and a return on average assets of 0.99% compared to a return on average tangible equity of 13.43% and a return on average assets of 1.05% for the six months ended June 30, 2014.  Revenue totaled $142.5 million and $282.2 million for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2015, respectively, compared to $149.4 million and $288.4 million for the quarter and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively.  Revenue is defined as net interest income plus noninterest income.  See the highlights discussed below as well as the section captioned “Results of Operations” located elsewhere in this report, for information regarding the decrease in revenue.

Net income for the second quarter of 2015 declined $2.3 million, or 7.0%, when compared to the same time period in 2014 as declines in provision for loan losses, acquired loans and noninterest expense and gains in noninterest income were more than offset by declines in net interest income.  The provision for loan losses, acquired loans for the second quarter of 2015 decreased $3.0 million, or 78.2%, compared to the same time period in 2014.  Noninterest expense for the second quarter of 2015 declined $2.5 million, or 2.4%, when compared to the same time period in 2014.  The decline in noninterest expenses was primarily due to declines in ORE/foreclosure expense and other noninterest expense.  Total noninterest income increased $1.4 million, or 3.2%, as gains in mortgage banking, net and insurance commissions were partially offset by declines in bank card and other fees and other noninterest income.  Net interest income decreased $8.3 million, or 7.9%, when the second quarter of 2015 is compared to the same time period in 2014, primarily due to the decline in interest and fees on acquired loans of $10.7 million, or 46.0%, which was partially offset by an increase in interest and fees on loans held for sale (LHFS) and LHFI of $1.8 million, or 2.7%.

Net income for the first six months of 2015 decreased $2.2 million, or 3.5%, compared to the same time period in 2014 as declines in noninterest expense and provision for loan losses, acquired loans were more than offset by declines in net interest income and increased provision for loan losses, LHFI.  Noninterest expense for the first six months of 2015 declined $4.9 million, or 2.4%, when compared to the same time period in 2014.  The decline in noninterest expenses was primarily due to declines in ORE/foreclosure expense and other noninterest expense, which was partially offset by increases in salaries and employee benefits and services and fees expense.  The provision for loan losses, acquired loans for the first six months of 2015 decreased $2.7 million, or 69.5%, compared to the same time period in 2014.  Net interest income decreased $5.9 million, or 2.9%, when the first six months of 2015 are compared to the same time period in 2014, primarily due to declines in interest and fees on acquired loans of $12.4 million, or 31.0%, which was partially offset by an increase in interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI of $5.0 million, or 3.8%, and a decrease in interest expense on deposits of $1.9 million, or 22.6%.  The provision for loan losses, LHFI for the first six months of 2015 increased $3.3 million compared to the same time period in 2014.  Please see the section captioned “Results of Operations” below for a more complete overview of Trustmark’s financial performance for the first six months of 2015.
 
53

Trustmark’s provision for loan losses, LHFI, for the six months ended June 30, 2015 totaled $2.8 million, an increase of $3.3 million when compared to a negative provision for loan losses, LHFI of $454 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2014.  The increase in the provision for loan losses, LHFI for the first six months of 2015 resulted primarily from declines in recoveries and the amount of reserves released, principally in the Florida market region, revisions to the quantitative and qualitative reserve factors of the allowance for loan loss methodology and growth in LHFI balances compared to the first six months of 2014.  Please see the section captioned “Provision for Loan Losses, LHFI,” for additional information regarding the provision for loan losses, LHFI.

At June 30, 2015, nonperforming assets, excluding acquired loans and covered other real estate, totaled $159.2 million, a decrease of $12.7 million, or 7.4%, compared to December 31, 2014 due to declines in both nonaccrual LHFI and other real estate, excluding covered other real estate.  Total nonaccrual LHFI were $68.4 million at June 30, 2015, representing a decrease of $10.9 million, or 13.7%, relative to December 31, 2014 principally due to substandard credits in Trustmark’s Mississippi, Florida, Texas and Tennessee market regions that were paid off, paid down or foreclosed partially offset by LHFI migrating to nonaccrual status during the first six months of 2015.  Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, declined $1.8 million, or 1.9%, during the first six months of 2015 primarily due to properties sold in Trustmark’s Florida and Mississippi market regions partially offset by a property foreclosed in the Texas market region.  Total net charge-offs of LHFI for the six months ended June 30, 2015 were $1.3 million, an increase of $1.9 million when compared to net recoveries of LHFI of $654 thousand for the six months ended June 30, 2014, principally due to the decline in recoveries in Trustmark’s Florida market region.

LHFI totaled $6.447 billion at June 30, 2015, a decrease of $2.4 million compared to December 31, 2014 and an increase of $260.1 million, or 4.2%, compared to June 30, 2014.  The slight decline in LHFI during the first six months of 2015 was principally due to pay-downs in commercial and industrial loans and state and other political subdivision loans, primarily in the Mississippi market region, which were largely offset by growth in the Alabama, Texas and Tennessee market regions.  For additional information regarding changes in LHFI and comparative balances by loan category, see the section captioned “LHFI” located elsewhere in this report.

Trustmark has continued to experience improvements in credit quality on LHFI.  As of June 30, 2015, classified LHFI balances decreased $22.4 million, or 11.0%, while criticized LHFI balances decreased $43.9 million, or 17.9%, when compared to balances at June 30, 2014.  The volume of classified and criticized LHFI decreased year-over-year primarily as a result of improvement in repayment capacity of borrowers and subsequent upgrade of those credits to a pass category as well as repayment of several credits of significant size.

Management has continued its practice of maintaining excess funding capacity to provide Trustmark with adequate liquidity for its ongoing operations.  In this regard, Trustmark benefits from its strong deposit base, its highly liquid investment portfolio and its access to funding from a variety of external funding sources such as upstream federal funds lines, Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) advances and, on a limited basis, brokered deposits.

Total deposits were $9.792 billion at June 30, 2015, compared with $9.698 billion at December 31, 2014, an increase of $93.8 million, or 1.0%.  Growth in noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing deposits totaled $70.5 million, or 2.6%, and $23.3 million, or 0.3%, respectively, during the first six months of 2015.  Other short-term borrowings totaled $679.2 million at June 30, 2015, a decrease of $189.4 million, or 21.8%, when compared with $868.6 million at December 31, 2014.  The decrease in other short-term borrowings was principally due to the $200.0 million decline in outstanding short-term FHLB advances with the FHLB of Dallas.

Critical Accounting Policies

Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) and follow general practices within the financial services industry.  Application of these accounting principles requires Management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes.  These estimates, assumptions and judgments are based on information available as of the date of the consolidated financial statements; accordingly, as this information changes, actual financial results could differ from those estimates.

Certain policies inherently have a greater reliance on the use of estimates, assumptions and judgments and, as such, have a greater possibility of producing results that could be materially different than originally reported.  There have been no significant changes in Trustmark’s critical accounting policies during the first six months of 2015.
 
54

Recent Legislative and Regulatory Developments
 
In 2013, the FRB, FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC) jointly promulgated final rules revising regulatory capital requirements to address perceived shortcomings in the existing regulatory capital requirements that became evident during the recent financial crisis by implementing capital requirements in the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) and international capital regulatory standards by the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (Basel III).  The new capital rules adopt a new common equity Tier 1 requirement, increase the minimum Tier 1 capital ratio, introduce a new capital conservation buffer, adopt new risk-weight calculation methods for the “standardized” denominator and revise the regulatory components and calculations of capital.  Trustmark and TNB were required to comply with the new capital rules beginning January 1, 2015.  Certain of the requirements of the capital rules, such as the capital conservation buffer, will be phased in until January 1, 2019.  Once the new capital requirements are fully phased in, it is expected that Trustmark and TNB will be required to hold a greater amount of capital and a greater amount of common equity than they were previously required to hold.  Management does not expect the new capital rules to have a significant impact on Trustmark or TNB; however, Management will continue to evaluate the impact of the capital rules on Trustmark and TNB as they are phased in.

In 2012, the FRB, FDIC and OCC published final rules implementing the company-run stress test requirements mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act.  The final rules require institutions with average total consolidated assets between $10 billion and $50 billion to conduct an annual company-run stress test using data as of September 30 of each year under one base and at least two stress scenarios as provided by the agencies.  Stress test results must be provided to the agencies by March 31 of the following year.  Trustmark has been subject to these stress test requirements since September 2014, and was required to make its first filing with regulators during March 2015.  On October 17, 2014, the FRB issued a notice of final rulemaking to switch the testing dates to match the calendar year so that stress tests would use year-end data and capital planning would follow for the next calendar year.  The FRB’s final rule, beginning with the January 1, 2016 annual stress test cycle, requires institutions with total consolidated assets between $10 billion and $50 billion to conduct an annual company-run stress test using data as of December 31 of the preceding year, provide results to the agencies by July 31 of each year and publicly disclose results in October of each year.  Trustmark anticipates that the capital ratios, as reflected in the stress test calculations under the required stress test scenarios, will be an important factor considered by the agencies in evaluating the capital adequacy of Trustmark and TNB and whether proposed payments of dividends or stock repurchases are consistent with prudential expectations.
 
55

Selected Financial Data

The following table presents financial data derived from Trustmark’s consolidated financial statements as of and for the periods presented ($ in thousands, except per share data):

   
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2015
   
2014
 
Consolidated Statements of Income
               
Total interest income
 
$
101,946
   
$
110,743
   
$
204,377
   
$
211,451
 
Total interest expense
   
4,997
     
5,455
     
10,036
     
11,259
 
Net interest income
   
96,949
     
105,288
     
194,341
     
200,192
 
Provision for loan losses, LHFI
   
1,033
     
351
     
2,818
     
(454
)
Provision for loan losses, acquired loans
   
825
     
3,784
     
1,172
     
3,847
 
Noninterest income
   
45,543
     
44,140
     
87,906
     
88,218
 
Noninterest expense
   
100,266
     
102,761
     
199,482
     
204,379
 
Income before income taxes
   
40,368
     
42,532
     
78,775
     
80,638
 
Income taxes
   
9,766
     
9,635
     
19,025
     
18,738
 
Net Income
 
$
30,602
   
$
32,897
   
$
59,750
   
$
61,900
 
                                 
Revenues (1)
                               
Total revenues
 
$
142,492
   
$
149,428
   
$
282,247
   
$
288,410
 
                                 
Per Share Data
                               
Basic earnings per share
 
$
0.45
   
$
0.49
   
$
0.88
   
$
0.92
 
Diluted earnings per share
   
0.45
     
0.49
     
0.88
     
0.92
 
Cash dividends per share
   
0.23
     
0.23
     
0.46
     
0.46
 
                                 
Performance Ratios
                               
Return on average equity
   
8.44
%
   
9.48
%
   
8.33
%
   
9.05
%
Return on average tangible equity
   
12.05
%
   
13.90
%
   
11.96
%
   
13.43
%
Return on average assets
   
1.01
%
   
1.10
%
   
0.99
%
   
1.05
%
Net interest margin (fully taxable equivalent)
   
3.81
%
   
4.21
%
   
3.84
%
   
4.07
%
                                 
Credit Quality Ratios (2)
                               
Net charge-offs/average loans
   
0.07
%
   
0.08
%
   
0.04
%
   
-0.02
%
Provision for loan losses/average loans
   
0.06
%
   
0.02
%
   
0.09
%
   
-0.02
%
Nonperforming loans/total loans (incl LHFS*)
   
1.04
%
   
1.12
%
               
Nonperforming assets/total loans (incl LHFS*) plus ORE**
   
2.38
%
   
2.77
%
               
Allowance for loan losses/total loans (excl LHFS*)
   
1.10
%
   
1.08
%
               
 
June 30,
 
2015
   
2014
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets
       
Total assets
 
$
12,182,448
   
$
12,119,996
 
Securities
   
3,636,544
     
3,533,221
 
Loans held for investment and acquired loans (including LHFS*)
   
7,061,011
     
6,975,642
 
Deposits
   
9,792,174
     
9,860,366
 
Total shareholders' equity
   
1,450,409
     
1,399,891
 
                 
Stock Performance
               
Market value - close
 
$
24.98
   
$
24.69
 
Book value
   
21.47
     
20.76
 
Tangible book value
   
15.58
     
14.78
 
                 
Capital Ratios
               
Total equity/total assets
   
11.91
%
   
11.55
%
Tangible equity/tangible assets
   
8.93
%
   
8.51
%
Tangible equity/risk-weighted assets
   
12.34
%
   
12.19
%
Tier 1 leverage ratio
   
10.14
%
   
9.43
%
Tier 1 common risk-based capital ratio
   
13.28
%
   
12.61
%
Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio
   
13.97
%
   
13.34
%
Total risk-based capital ratio
   
15.07
%
   
14.54
%

(1)
Consistent with Trustmark's audited annual financial statements, revenue is defined as net interest income plus noninterest income.
(2)
Excludes Acquired Loans and Covered Other Real Estate.
*
LHFS is Loans Held for Sale.
**
ORE is Other Real Estate.
 
56

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

In addition to capital ratios defined by GAAP and banking regulators, Trustmark utilizes various tangible common equity measures when evaluating capital utilization and adequacy.  Tangible common equity, as defined by Trustmark, represents common equity less goodwill and identifiable intangible assets.

Trustmark believes these measures are important because they reflect the level of capital available to withstand unexpected market conditions.  Additionally, presentation of these measures allows readers to compare certain aspects of Trustmark’s capitalization to other organizations.  These ratios differ from capital measures defined by banking regulators principally in that the numerator excludes shareholders’ equity associated with preferred securities, the nature and extent of which varies across organizations.

These calculations are intended to complement the capital ratios defined by GAAP and banking regulators.  Because GAAP does not include these capital ratio measures, Trustmark believes there are no comparable GAAP financial measures to these tangible common equity ratios.  Despite the importance of these measures to Trustmark, there are no standardized definitions for them and, as a result, Trustmark’s calculations may not be comparable with other organizations.  Also there may be limits in the usefulness of these measures to investors.  As a result, Trustmark encourages readers to consider its consolidated financial statements and the notes related thereto in their entirety and not to rely on any single financial measure.  The following table reconciles Trustmark’s calculation of these measures to amounts reported under GAAP for the periods presented ($ in thousands, except per share data):
 
57

      
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
     
2015
   
2014
   
2015
   
2014
 
TANGIBLE EQUITY
                 
AVERAGE BALANCES
                 
Total shareholders' equity
   
$
1,454,501
   
$
1,392,240
   
$
1,445,783
   
$
1,380,019
 
Less:   Goodwill
     
(365,500
)
   
(365,500
)
   
(365,500
)
   
(369,090
)
Identifiable intangible assets
     
(30,385
)
   
(38,711
)
   
(31,386
)
   
(39,857
)
Total average tangible equity
   
$
1,058,616
   
$
988,029
   
$
1,048,897
   
$
971,072
 
                                   
PERIOD END BALANCES
                                 
Total shareholders' equity
   
$
1,450,409
   
$
1,399,891
                 
Less:   Goodwill
     
(365,500
)
   
(365,500
)
               
Identifiable intangible assets
     
(32,042
)
   
(37,506
)
               
Total tangible equity
(a)
 
$
1,052,867
   
$
996,885
                 
                                   
TANGIBLE ASSETS
                                 
Total assets
   
$
12,182,448
   
$
12,119,996
                 
Less:   Goodwill
     
(365,500
)
   
(365,500
)
               
Identifiable intangible assets
     
(32,042
)
   
(37,506
)
               
Total tangible assets
(b)
 
$
11,784,906
   
$
11,716,990
                 
Risk-weighted assets
(c)
 
$
8,530,144
   
$
8,175,622
                 
                                   
NET INCOME ADJUSTED FOR INTANGIBLE AMORTIZATION
                                 
Net income
   
$
30,602
   
$
32,897
   
$
59,750
   
$
61,900
 
Plus: Intangible amortization net of tax
     
1,210
     
1,353
     
2,439
     
2,770
 
Net income adjusted for intangible amortization
   
$
31,812
   
$
34,250
   
$
62,189
   
$
64,670
 
Period end shares outstanding
(d)
   
67,557,395
     
67,439,788
                 
                                   
TANGIBLE EQUITY MEASUREMENTS
                                 
Return on average tangible equity (1)
     
12.05
%
   
13.90
%
   
11.96
%
   
13.43
%
Tangible equity/tangible assets
(a)/(b)
   
8.93
%
   
8.51
%
               
Tangible equity/risk-weighted assets
(a)/(c)
   
12.34
%
   
12.19
%
               
Tangible book value
(a)/(d)*1,000
 
$
15.58
   
$
14.78
                 
                                   
TIER 1 COMMON RISK-BASED CAPITAL - BASEL I
                                 
Total shareholders' equity
           
$
1,399,891
                 
Eliminate qualifying AOCI
             
30,557
                 
Qualifying tier 1 capital
             
60,000
                 
Disallowed goodwill
             
(365,500
)
               
Adjustment to goodwill allowed for deferred taxes
             
15,150
                 
Other disallowed intangibles
             
(37,506
)
               
Disallowed servicing intangible
             
(6,505
)
               
Disallowed deferred taxes
             
(5,134
)
               
Total tier 1 capital
             
1,090,953
                 
Less: Qualifying tier 1 capital
             
(60,000
)
               
Total tier 1 common capital
(e)
         
$
1,030,953
                 
                                   
Tier 1 common risk-based capital ratio
(e)/(c)
           
12.61
%
               
                                   
COMMON EQUTY TIER 1 CAPITAL (CET1) - BASEL III   
                                 
Total shareholders' equity
   
$
1,450,409
                         
AOCI-related adjustments
     
41,193
                         
CET1 adjustments and deductions:
                                 
Goodwill net of associated deferred tax liabilities (DTLs)
     
(348,940
)
                       
Other adjustments and deductions for CET1 (2)
     
(9,568
)
                       
CET1 capital
(f)
   
1,133,094
                         
Additional tier 1 capital instruments plus related surplus
     
60,000
                         
Less: additional tier 1 capital deductions
     
(1,571
)
                       
Additional tier 1 capital
     
58,429
                         
Tier 1 Capital
   
$
1,191,523
                         
                                   
Tier 1 common equity risk-based capital ratio
(f)/(c)
   
13.28
%
                       

(1)
Calculation = ((net income adjusted for intangible amortization/number of days in period)*number of days in year)/total average tangible equity
(2)
Includes other intangible assets, net of DTLs, disallowed deferred tax assets, threshold deductions and transition adjustments, as applicable.
 
58

Results of Operations

Net Interest Income

Net interest income is the principal component of Trustmark’s income stream and represents the difference, or spread, between interest and fee income generated from earning assets and the interest expense paid on deposits and borrowed funds.  Fluctuations in interest rates, as well as volume and mix changes in earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, can materially impact net interest income. The net interest margin is computed by dividing fully taxable equivalent (FTE) net interest income by average interest-earning assets and measures how effectively Trustmark utilizes its interest-earning assets in relationship to the interest cost of funding them.  The accompanying Yield/Rate Analysis Table shows the average balances for all assets and liabilities of Trustmark and the interest income or expense associated with earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  The yields and rates have been computed based upon interest income and expense adjusted to a FTE basis using a 35% federal marginal tax rate for all periods shown.  Loans on nonaccrual have been included in the average loan balances, and interest collected prior to these loans having been placed on nonaccrual has been included in interest income.  Loan fees included in interest associated with the average loan balances are immaterial.

Net interest income-FTE for the six months ended June 30, 2015 decreased $5.5 million, or 2.7%, when compared with the same period in 2014.  The net interest margin decreased 23 basis points to 3.84% for the first six months of 2015, compared with the same time period in 2014.  The decrease in the net interest margin reflected the prolonged low interest rate environment in the United States, and was primarily the result of a downward repricing of LHFI in response to increased competitive pricing pressures, which was partially offset by lower deposit and short-term borrowing costs and increases in the yield on acquired loans.  The net interest margin excluding acquired loans, which equals the reported net interest income-FTE excluding interest and fees on acquired loans, as a percentage of average earning assets excluding average acquired loans, for the first six months of 2015 was 3.48%, a decrease of 6 basis points when compared to the same time period in 2014, due to similar factors as discussed above.

Average interest-earning assets for the first six months of 2015 were $10.625 billion compared to $10.309 billion for the same time period in 2014, an increase of $316.5 million, or 3.1%.  The growth in average earning assets during the first six months of 2015 was primarily due to an increase in average loans (LHFS and LHFI) of $501.7 million, or 8.3%, and average securities-taxable of $64.1 million, or 1.9%, partially offset by a decrease in average acquired loans of $236.0 million, or 31.9%.  The increase in average loans (LHFS and LHFI) was primarily attributable to increases in the LHFI portfolio when compared to June 30, 2014.  The increase in average securities-taxable was primarily attributable to purchases of U.S Government-sponsored agency (GSE) guaranteed securities, partially offset by maturities and pay-downs of the loans underlying these securities.

During the first six months of 2015, interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI-FTE increased $5.4 million, or 4.0%, when compared to the same time period in 2014, due to growth in LHFI, while the yield on loans (LHFS and LHFI) fell 18 basis points to 4.34% due to downward repricing of LHFI due to the current interest rate environment and related competitive pressures.  During the first six months of 2015, interest and fees on acquired loans decreased $12.4 million, or 31.0%, compared to the first six months of 2014, due to declines in accretion income as acquired loans continue to pay-down and recoveries on loan pay-offs of loans acquired in connection with the February 2013 merger with BancTrust Financial Group, Inc. (BancTrust), while the yield on acquired loans increased to 11.05% compared to 10.90% during the same time period in 2014.  The increase in the yield on acquired loans was attributable to increases in accretion income as a percentage of average acquired loans for loans acquired in the BancTrust merger, increases in recoveries on loans acquired in the April 2011 acquisition of Heritage Banking Group (Heritage) and the March 2012 merger with Bay Bank and Trust Company (Bay Bank) and increases in other interest and fees earned on all acquired loans.  As a result of these factors, interest income-FTE decreased $6.8 million, or 3.1%, in the first six months of 2015 compared to the same time period in 2014.  The impact of these changes is also illustrated by the decline in the yield on total earning assets, which fell from 4.29% for the first six months of 2014 to 4.03% for the same time period in 2015, a decrease of 26 basis points.

Average interest-bearing liabilities for the first six months of 2015 totaled $7.779 billion compared to $7.790 billion for the same time period in 2014, a decrease of $10.7 million, or 0.1%.  Average interest-bearing deposits for the first six months of 2015 decreased $258.0 million, or 3.5%, compared to the same time period in 2014, principally due to declines in certificates of deposits, reflecting Trustmark’s continued efforts to reduce high-cost deposit balances and customers continued movement away from longer-term commitments as a result of the low interest rate environment.  The combination of federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and other borrowings increased $247.4 million, or 47.8%, when the first six months of 2015 are compared to the same time period in 2014, which was primarily attributable to increased balances of federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements as well as short-term FHLB advances obtained from the FHLB of Dallas as Trustmark chose to utilize these less costly sources of funding.  Total interest expense for the first six months of 2015 decreased $1.2 million, or 10.9%, when compared with the same time period in 2014, principally due to the $1.9 million, or 22.6%, decrease in interest expense on deposit accounts as a result of the decline in interest-bearing deposits.  As a result of these factors, the overall yield on interest-bearing liabilities declined 3 basis points to 0.26% when the first six months of 2015 is compared with the same time period in 2014.
 
59

The following tables provide the tax equivalent basis yield or rate for each component of the tax equivalent net interest margin for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
                         
   
Average
Balance
   
Interest
   
Yield/
Rate
   
Average
Balance
   
Interest
   
Yield/
Rate
 
Assets
                       
Interest-earning assets:
                       
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
 
$
557
   
$
2
     
1.44
%
 
$
2,648
   
$
6
     
0.91
%
Securities - taxable
   
3,398,758
     
19,731
     
2.33
%
   
3,325,800
     
19,522
     
2.35
%
Securities - nontaxable
   
158,503
     
1,688
     
4.27
%
   
179,507
     
1,912
     
4.27
%
Loans (LHFS and LHFI)
   
6,554,739
     
71,546
     
4.38
%
   
6,160,781
     
69,618
     
4.53
%
Acquired loans
   
482,992
     
12,557
     
10.43
%
   
695,855
     
23,250
     
13.40
%
Other earning assets
   
41,242
     
392
     
3.81
%
   
36,259
     
379
     
4.19
%
Total interest-earning assets
   
10,636,791
     
105,916
     
3.99
%
   
10,400,850
     
114,687
     
4.42
%
Cash and due from banks
   
272,292
                     
304,441
                 
Other assets
   
1,288,507
                     
1,343,384
                 
Allowance for loan losses, net
   
(84,331
)
                   
(77,652
)
               
Total Assets
 
$
12,113,259
                   
$
11,971,023
                 
                                                 
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
                                               
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Interest-bearing deposits
 
$
7,003,433
     
3,204
     
0.18
%
 
$
7,223,890
     
3,970
     
0.22
%
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
   
497,606
     
179
     
0.14
%
   
387,289
     
110
     
0.11
%
Other borrowings
   
241,777
     
1,614
     
2.68
%
   
179,527
     
1,375
     
3.07
%
Total interest-bearing liabilities
   
7,742,816
     
4,997
     
0.26
%
   
7,790,706
     
5,455
     
0.28
%
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
   
2,772,741
                     
2,676,907
                 
Other liabilities
   
143,201
                     
111,170
                 
Shareholders' equity
   
1,454,501
                     
1,392,240
                 
                                               
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
 
$
12,113,259
                   
$
11,971,023
                 
Net Interest Margin
           
100,919
     
3.81
%
           
109,232
     
4.21
%
                                                 
Less tax equivalent adjustment
           
3,970
                     
3,944
         
                                                 
Net Interest Margin per Consolidated Statements of Income
         
$
96,949
                   
$
105,288
         
 
60

   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
                         
   
Average
Balance
   
Interest
   
Yield/
Rate
   
Average
Balance
   
Interest
   
Yield/
Rate
 
Assets
                       
Interest-earning assets:
                       
Federal funds sold and securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements
 
$
388
   
$
2
     
1.04
%
 
$
4,543
   
$
11
     
0.49
%
Securities - taxable
   
3,354,784
     
39,317
     
2.36
%
   
3,290,664
     
38,742
     
2.37
%
Securities - nontaxable
   
163,736
     
3,477
     
4.28
%
   
180,142
     
3,832
     
4.29
%
Loans (LHFS and LHFI)
   
6,558,066
     
141,204
     
4.34
%
   
6,056,331
     
135,803
     
4.52
%
Acquired loans
   
504,440
     
27,635
     
11.05
%
   
740,444
     
40,036
     
10.90
%
Other earning assets
   
43,791
     
785
     
3.61
%
   
36,538
     
754
     
4.16
%
Total interest-earning assets
   
10,625,205
     
212,420
     
4.03
%
   
10,308,662
     
219,178
     
4.29
%
Cash and due from banks
   
281,222
                     
355,476
                 
Other assets
   
1,295,989
                     
1,359,614
                 
Allowance for loan losses, net
   
(83,168
)
                   
(78,688
)
               
Total Assets
 
$
12,119,248
                   
$
11,945,064
                 
                                                 
Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
                                               
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Interest-bearing deposits
 
$
7,014,448
     
6,451
     
0.19
%
 
$
7,272,488
     
8,335
     
0.23
%
Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements
   
459,617
     
322
     
0.14
%
   
335,341
     
186
     
0.11
%
Other borrowings
   
305,411
     
3,263
     
2.15
%
   
182,337
     
2,738
     
3.03
%
Total interest-bearing liabilities
   
7,779,476
     
10,036
     
0.26
%
   
7,790,166
     
11,259
     
0.29
%
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits
   
2,757,428
                     
2,653,973
                 
Other liabilities
   
136,561
                     
120,906
                 
Shareholders' equity
   
1,445,783
                     
1,380,019
                 
Total Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity
 
$
12,119,248
                   
$
11,945,064
                 
                                                 
Net Interest Margin
           
202,384
     
3.84
%
           
207,919
     
4.07
%
                                                 
Less tax equivalent adjustment
           
8,043
                     
7,727
         
                                                 
Net Interest Margin per Consolidated Statements of Income
         
$
194,341
                   
$
200,192
         
 
Provision for Loan Losses, LHFI

The provision for loan losses, LHFI is determined by Management as the amount necessary to adjust the allowance for loan losses, LHFI to a level, which, in Management’s best estimate, is necessary to absorb probable losses within the existing loan portfolio.  The provision for loan losses, LHFI reflects loan quality trends, including the levels of and trends related to nonaccrual LHFI, past due LHFI, potential problem LHFI, criticized LHFI, net charge-offs or recoveries and growth in the LHFI portfolio among other factors.  Accordingly, the amount of the provision reflects the necessary increases in the allowance for loan losses, LHFI related to newly identified criticized LHFI, as well as the actions taken related to other LHFI including, among other things, any necessary increases or decreases in required allowances for specific loans or loan pools.  The provision for loan losses, LHFI for the first six months of 2015 totaled 0.09% of average loans (LHFS and LHFI), compared with -0.02% of average loans (LHFS and LHFI) for the same time period in 2014.  The increase in the provision during the first six months of 2015 when compared to the same time period in 2014 was primarily a result of declines in recoveries and reserves released, principally in the Florida market region due to loans that were charged down in previous periods, changes in the quantitative and qualitative reserve factors and growth in LHFI balances when compared to balances at June 30, 2014.
 
61

During the first quarter of 2015, Trustmark revised the quantitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI to reflect a Loss Emergence Period (LEP) of 1.5 years rather than a one year period.  The LEP refers to the period of time between the events that trigger a loss and a charge-off of that loss.  Losses are usually not immediately known, and determining the loss event can be challenging.  It takes time for the borrower and extent of loss to be identified and determined.  Trustmark may not be aware that the loss event has occurred until the borrower exhibits the inability to pay or other evidence of credit deterioration.  Trustmark considers the loss event to have occurred within a one year period prior to the event of default and the charge-off of the loss within a six month period after the event of default, resulting in a 1.5 year LEP.  An additional provision of approximately $2.3 million was recorded in the first quarter of 2015 as result of this revision to the quantitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI.

During the first quarter of 2015, Trustmark revised the qualitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI by eliminating caps and floors from the criticized risk grades.  The caps and floors for criticized risk ratings were eliminated in order to allow the risk associated with those credits to be reflected without constraint of pre-existing limits (caps and floors) on the risk ratings.  The elimination of the caps and floors for criticized risk ratings in the qualitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI resulted in a provision recapture of $1.8 million in the first quarter of 2015.  Trustmark also revised the qualitative and quantitative portions of the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI by adjusting the Florida market region’s distribution factors.  When the current allowance for loan loss methodology was originally established, the vast majority of the reserve for the Florida market region’s assets was covered by the quantitative features of the allowance for loan loss methodology due to the amount of gross charge-offs at that time and captured the vast majority of the embedded risk in the portfolio.  The distribution for the Florida market region was adjusted to be the same as Trustmark’s other key market regions since the credit metrics in the Florida market region now more closely resemble Trustmark as a whole.  The change in the Florida market region distribution resulted in an additional provision expense of $2.1 million related to the qualitative portion and an additional provision expense of $785 thousand related to the quantitative portion of the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI in the first quarter of 2015.  Combined, these revisions to the allowance for loan loss methodology for commercial LHFI resulted in an additional provision of approximately $1.1 million during the first quarter of 2015.  For additional information on changes to Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology for LHFI, please see Note 3 – Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI located elsewhere in this report.

The following table presents the provision for loan losses, LHFI, by geographic market region for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2015
   
2014
 
Alabama
 
$
623
   
$
696
   
$
1,384
   
$
1,168
 
Florida
   
(1,168
)
   
(2,014
)
   
665
     
(5,513
)
Mississippi (1)
   
2,046
     
2,877
     
(683
)
   
4,860
 
Tennessee (2)
(483
)
(277
)
   
949
     
(1,192
)
Texas
   
15
     
(931
)
   
503
     
223
 
Total provision for loan losses, LHFI
 
$
1,033
   
$
351
   
$
2,818
   
$
(454
)

(1)
Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions
(2)
Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions
 
Net changes to the provision for loan losses, LHFI were highest in Trustmark’s Florida, Mississippi and Tennessee market regions when the first six months of 2015 are compared to the same time period in 2014.  The $6.2 million increase in provision for the Florida market region was primarily due to a decline in recoveries, principally resulting from pay-downs during the first six months of 2014 of loans previously charged down, and the additional provision expense recorded during the first quarter of 2015 for the change in the Florida market region distribution discussed above.  The provision for loan losses, LHFI for the Mississippi market region declined $5.5 million primarily due to a decline in the amount of reserves required based on the qualitative reserve factor calculation, lower net charge-offs of nonimpaired LHFI, and changes in the allowance for loan loss methodology during the first six months of 2014 and 2015.  The provision for loan losses, LHFI for the Tennessee market region increased $2.1 million when the first six months of 2015 are compared to the same time period in 2014 primarily due to increases in reserves required based on balance and risk rate changes of LHFI and the additional provision expense recorded during the first quarter of 2015 due to the changes in the allowance for loan loss methodology discussed above.

Trustmark continues to devote significant resources to managing credit risks resulting from the slowdown in residential real estate developments.  Management believes that the construction and land development portfolio is appropriately risk rated and adequately reserved based on current conditions.

See the sections captioned “Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI” and “Nonperforming Assets, Excluding Acquired Loans and Covered Other Real Estate” elsewhere in this discussion for further analysis of the provision for loan losses, LHFI.
 
62

Provision for Loan Losses, Acquired Loans

The provision for loan losses, acquired loans is recognized subsequent to acquisition to the extent it is probable that Trustmark will be unable to collect all cash flows expected at acquisition plus additional cash flows expected to be collected arising from changes in estimates after acquisition, considering both the timing and amount of those expected cash flows.  Provisions may be required when actual losses of unpaid principal incurred exceed previous loss expectations to date, or future cash flows previously expected to be collectible are no longer probable of collection.  The provision for loan losses, acquired loans is reflected as a valuation allowance netted against the carrying value of the acquired loans accounted for under Federal Accounting Standards Board (FASB) Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) Topic 310-30, “Loans and Debt Securities Acquired with Deteriorated Credit Quality.”  The decrease in the provision for loan losses, acquired loans during the first six months of 2015 when compared to the same time period in 2014 was principally due to an increase in recoveries of acquired loans and changes in expectations based on the periodic re-estimations performed during the period, primarily related to loans acquired from BancTrust.

The following table presents the provision for loan losses, acquired loans, by acquisition for the periods presented ($ in thousands):


   
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2015
   
2014
 
BancTrust
 
$
1,022
   
$
3,092
   
$
1,707
   
$
3,244
 
Bay Bank
   
(93
)
   
261
     
(111
)
   
643
 
Heritage
   
(104
)
   
431
     
(424
)
   
(40
)
Total provision for loan losses, acquired loans
 
$
825
   
$
3,784
   
$
1,172
   
$
3,847
 

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income represented 32.0% and 31.1% of total revenue, before securities gains, net, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, respectively, compared to 29.5% and 30.5% of total revenue, before securities gains, net, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively.  The following table provides the comparative components of noninterest income for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
$ Change
   
% Change
   
2015
   
2014
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
Service charges on deposit accounts
 
$
11,920
   
$
11,846
   
$
74
     
0.6
%
 
$
23,005
   
$
23,414
   
$
(409
)
   
-1.7
%
Bank card and other fees
   
7,416
     
9,894
     
(2,478
)
   
-25.0
%
   
14,178
     
18,975
     
(4,797
)
   
-25.3
%
Mortgage banking, net
   
9,481
     
6,191
     
3,290
     
53.1
%
   
18,446
     
13,020
     
5,426
     
41.7
%
Insurance commissions
   
9,401
     
8,300
     
1,101
     
13.3
%
   
18,017
     
16,397
     
1,620
     
9.9
%
Wealth management
   
7,758
     
7,710
     
48
     
0.6
%
   
15,748
     
15,845
     
(97
)
   
-0.6
%
Other, net
   
(433
)
   
199
     
(632
)
   
n/m
 
   
(1,488
)
   
178
     
(1,666
)
   
n/m
 
Total Noninterest Income before securities gains, net
   
45,543
     
44,140
     
1,403
     
3.2
%
   
87,906
     
87,829
     
77
     
0.1
%
Security gains, net
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
0.0
%
   
-
     
389
     
(389
)
   
-100.0
%
Total Noninterest Income
 
$
45,543
   
$
44,140
   
$
1,403
     
3.2
%
 
$
87,906
   
$
88,218
   
$
(312
)
   
-0.4
%

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

The increase in noninterest income during the three months ended June 30, 2015 when compared to the same time periods in 2014 was primarily the result of growth in mortgage banking revenues due principally to higher gains on secondary marketing loan sales resulting from higher spreads and volumes and growth in insurance commissions, which were partially offset by declines in bank card and other fees resulting from lower interchange income and declines in other, net resulting from decreases in other miscellaneous income and the cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance policies and an increase in the net reduction of the FDIC indemnification asset.  The decline in noninterest income during the six months ended June 30, 2015 when compared to the same time periods in 2014 was primarily the result of declines in bank card and other fees resulting from lower interchange income and declines in other, net resulting from decreases in other miscellaneous income and the cash surrender value of bank-owned life insurance policies and an increase in the net reduction of the FDIC indemnification asset.  These declines were partially offset by growth in mortgage banking revenues due principally to higher gains on secondary marketing loan sales resulting from higher spreads and volumes and growth in insurance commissions.  For analysis of Trustmark’s insurance commissions and wealth management income, please see the section captioned “Segment Information” located elsewhere in this report.
 
63

Bank Card and Other Fees

Bank card and other fees consist primarily of fees earned on bank card products as well as fees on various bank products and services and safe deposit box fees.  The decrease in bank card and other fees for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 when compared to the same time periods in 2014 was primarily the result of declines in interchange income.

On June 29, 2011, the FRB issued a final rule (Regulation II - Debit Card Interchange Fees and Routing) establishing standards for debit card interchange fees, which limited the maximum permissible interchange fee that an issuer may receive for an electronic debit transaction to the sum of 21 cents per transaction and five basis points multiplied by the value of the transaction.  In addition, the FRB also approved a final rule on July 27, 2012 that allows for an upward adjustment of no more than one cent to an issuer’s debit card interchange fee if the issuer develops and implements policies and procedures reasonably designed to achieve the fraud-prevention standards set out in the rule.  The provisions regarding debit card interchange fees became effective October 1, 2011, and the fraud prevention adjustment became effective October 1, 2012.

In accordance with the FRB final rule, issuers that, together with their affiliates, have assets of less than $10.0 billion on the annual measurement date (December 31) are exempt from the debit card interchange fee standards.  At December 31, 2013, the annual measurement date, Trustmark had assets greater than $10.0 billion; and, therefore, was required to comply with the debit card interchange fee standards by July 1, 2014.  Trustmark’s noninterest income declined $5.6 million during the first six months of 2015 as a result of the FRB final rule.  The full impact of the FRB final rule is expected to reduce noninterest income by an estimated $10.0 to $11.0 million for 2015 based on current transaction volume.

Management has identified a number of strategic priorities, such as process improvements, expense management and continued realignment of Trustmark’s branch network, that when combined with current fee improvement options being evaluated within various areas of Trustmark’s retail banking section are expected to offset, in part, the impact of the FRB final rule.  Trustmark has implemented multiple initiatives during the first six months of 2015, such as investments to augment delivery channels and infrastructure to accommodate customers’ changing banking needs, including the investment in myTrustmarkSM, Trustmark’s new online consumer banking solution; the addition of ten mortgage producers and two mortgage loan production offices throughout the Alabama and Florida market regions as well as the addition of several insurance production staff members to support fee income growth in these areas; the opening of two new banking offices in markets with promising growth opportunities and the consolidation of six banking offices with limited growth opportunities with plans to consolidate an additional two banking offices during the third quarter of 2015; and the continued control over noninterest expenses, which have declined 2.4% so far in 2015.

Mortgage Banking, Net

The following table illustrates the components of mortgage banking income included in noninterest income for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
$ Change
   
% Change
   
2015
   
2014
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
Mortgage servicing income, net
 
$
4,696
   
$
4,592
   
$
104
     
2.3
%
 
$
9,593
   
$
9,131
   
$
462
     
5.1
%
Change in fair value-MSR from runoff
   
(2,587
)
   
(2,391
)
   
(196
)
   
-8.2
%
   
(4,800
)
   
(4,203
)
   
(597
)
   
-14.2
%
Gain on sales of loans, net
   
5,114
     
2,749
     
2,365
     
86.0
%
   
8,830
     
4,588
     
4,242
     
92.5
%
Other, net
   
206
     
695
     
(489
)
   
-70.4
%
   
1,451
     
1,095
     
356
     
32.5
%
Mortgage banking income before hedge ineffectiveness
   
7,429
     
5,645
     
1,784
     
31.6
%
   
15,074
     
10,611
     
4,463
     
42.1
%
Change in fair value-MSR from market changes
   
6,076
     
(3,038
)
   
9,114
     
n/m
   
3,708
     
(3,761
)
   
7,469
     
n/m
 
Change in fair value of derivatives
   
(4,024
)
   
3,584
     
(7,608
)
   
n/m
 
   
(336
)
   
6,170
     
(6,506
)
   
n/m
 
Net positive hedge ineffectiveness
   
2,052
     
546
     
1,506
     
n/m
 
   
3,372
     
2,409
     
963
     
40.0
%
Mortgage banking, net
 
$
9,481
   
$
6,191
   
$
3,290
     
53.1
%
 
$
18,446
   
$
13,020
   
$
5,426
     
41.7
%

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

The increase in net revenue from mortgage banking for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 compared to the same time periods in 2014 was principally due to higher gains on secondary marketing sales and increases in the net positive ineffectiveness for the mortgage servicing hedge.  Mortgage loan production for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 was $416.9 million and $721.5 million, an increase of $94.7 million, or 29.4%, and $168.9 million, or 30.6%, respectively, when compared to the same time periods in 2014, reflecting industry-wide improvements in real estate and construction activity as well as increased mortgage lending activity due to lower mortgage rates.  In addition, during the second quarter of 2015, Trustmark expanded its mortgage banking capabilities with the addition of ten mortgage producers in the Alabama and Florida market regions.  Loans serviced for others totaled $5.732 billion at June 30, 2015 compared with $5.517 billion at June 30, 2014.
 
64

Representing a significant component of mortgage banking income is gain on the sales of loans, net.  The increase in the gain on sales of loans, net when the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 are compared to the same time periods in 2014, resulted from increases in the volume of loan sales and higher profit margins from secondary marketing activities.  Loan sales totaled $346.9 million and $579.9 million during the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, an increase of $134.0 million and $182.1 million, respectively, when compared with the same time periods in 2014 due to increased mortgage lending activity and Trustmark’s decision to sell the vast majority of these lower-rate, longer-term home mortgages in the secondary market, rather than replacing the run-off in its single-family loan portfolio.

During the first quarter of 2015, Trustmark exercised its option to repurchase approximately $28.5 million delinquent loans serviced for GNMA.  These loans were subsequently sold to a third party under different repurchase provisions.  Trustmark retained the servicing for these loans, which are subject to guarantees by FHA/VA.  As a result of this repurchase and sale, the loans are no longer carried as LHFS.  The transaction resulted in a net gain of $304 thousand, which is included in mortgage banking, net for the six months ended June 30, 2015.  For additional information, please see the section captioned “LHFS” included elsewhere in this report.

As part of Trustmark’s risk management strategy, exchange-traded derivative instruments are utilized to offset changes in the fair value of mortgage servicing rights (MSR) attributable to changes in interest rates.  Changes in the fair value of these exchange-traded derivative instruments are recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of MSR.  The MSR fair value represents the present value of future cash flows, which among other things includes decay and the effect of changes in interest rates.  Ineffectiveness of hedging the MSR fair value is measured by comparing the change in value of derivative instruments to the change in the fair value of the MSR asset attributable to changes in interest rates and other market driven changes in valuation inputs and assumptions.  The impact of this strategy resulted in a net positive ineffectiveness of $2.1 million and $546 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and a net positive ineffectiveness of $3.4 million and $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  The net positive ineffectiveness primarily resulted from the hedge income produced by a positively-sloped yield curve and net option premium during the periods, which are both core components of the MSR hedge strategy.  The increase in the net positive ineffectiveness was primarily due to the mortgage spread tightening during the second quarter of 2014 compared to no change in the mortgage spread during the second quarter of 2015 as well as the increase in mortgage rates during the second quarter of 2015 compared to a decrease in mortgage rates during the second quarter of 2014.

Other mortgage banking income, net includes the net valuation adjustment recognized in income in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 825, “Financial Instruments,” for the fair value of LHFS accounted for under the fair value option and the net valuation adjustment recognized in income in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815, “Derivatives and Hedging,” for the fair value of interest rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts.  Valuation adjustments are primarily the result of changes in volume and profit margins for the related instruments during the period.  During the fourth quarter of 2014, Trustmark elected to account for its LHFS purchased or originated on or after October 1, 2014 which are held for sale under the fair value option permitted by FASB ASC Topic 825.  The fair value option election does not apply to GNMA optional repurchase loans.  For additional information regarding this change, see the section captioned “LHFS” located elsewhere in this report.

The decrease in other mortgage banking income, net when comparing the three months ended June 30, 2015 with the same period in 2014 primarily resulted from a decrease in the net valuation adjustment in the fair value of LHFS, interest rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts during the period, which was principally due to higher increases in both volumes and profit margins during the three months ended June 30, 2014.  The increase in other mortgage banking income, net when comparing the six months ended June 30, 2015 with the same period in 2014 primarily resulted from an increase in the net valuation adjustment in the fair value of LHFS, interest rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts during the period, which was principally due to higher increases in volumes during the first six months of 2015 offset partially by higher increases in interest margins during the first six months of 2014.  See the section captioned “Derivatives” elsewhere in this report for further discussion of the mortgage related derivative instruments.
 
65

Other Income, Net

The following table illustrates the components of other income, net included in noninterest income for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
$ Change
   
% Change
   
2015
   
2014
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
Partnership amortization for tax credit purposes
 
$
(2,480
)
 
$
(3,006
)
 
$
526
     
17.5
%
 
$
(4,952
)
 
$
(6,012
)
 
$
1,060
     
17.6
%
Decrease in FDIC indemnification asset
   
(1,798
)
   
(999
)
   
(799
)
   
-80.0
%
   
(2,768
)
   
(1,687
)
   
(1,081
)
   
-64.1
%
Increase in life insurance cash surrender value
   
1,673
     
1,857
     
(184
)
   
9.9
%
   
3,348
     
3,945
     
(597
)
   
15.1
%
Other miscellaneous income
   
2,172
     
2,347
     
(175
)
   
-7.5
%
   
2,884
     
3,932
     
(1,048
)
   
-26.7
%
Total other, net
 
$
(433
)
 
$
199
   
$
(632
)
   
n/m
 
 
$
(1,488
)
 
$
178
   
$
(1,666
)
   
n/m
 

n/m - percentage changes greater than +/- 100% are not considered meaningful

The decrease in other income, net for the three months ended June 30, 2015 when compared to the same time period in 2014 was primarily the result of the increase in the net reduction of the FDIC indemnification asset.  The decrease in other income, net for the six months ended June 30, 2015 when compared to the same time period in 2014 was primarily the result of the increase in the net reduction of the FDIC indemnification asset and a decline in other miscellaneous income due to a net loss on the sale of a former bank branch acquired in the merger with BancTrust during the first quarter of 2015 and a one-time arrangement fee received during the second quarter of 2014, which was partially offset by the decrease in partnership amortization for tax credit purposes.  The increase in the net reduction of the FDIC indemnification asset for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 when compared to the same time periods in 2014, resulted primarily from valuation adjustments for covered acquired loans and covered other real estate during the period.

Noninterest Expense

The following table illustrates the comparative components of noninterest expense for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
 
   
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
$ Change
   
% Change
   
2015
   
2014
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
Salaries and employee benefits
 
$
57,393
   
$
56,134
   
$
1,259
     
2.2
%
 
$
114,562
   
$
112,860
   
$
1,702
     
1.5
%
Services and fees
   
15,005
     
14,543
     
462
     
3.2
%
   
29,126
     
27,708
     
1,418
     
5.1
%
Net occupancy-premises
   
6,243
     
6,413
     
(170
)
   
-2.7
%
   
12,434
     
13,019
     
(585
)
   
-4.5
%
Equipment expense
   
5,903
     
6,136
     
(233
)
   
-3.8
%
   
11,877
     
12,274
     
(397
)
   
-3.2
%
ORE/Foreclosure expense:
                                                               
Writedowns
   
345
     
2,943
     
(2,598
)
   
-88.3
%
   
1,370
     
4,126
     
(2,756
)
   
-66.8
%
Carrying costs
   
576
     
893
     
(317
)
   
-35.5
%
   
666
     
3,025
     
(2,359
)
   
-78.0
%
Total ORE/Foreclosure expense
   
921
     
3,836
     
(2,915
)
   
-76.0
%
   
2,036
     
7,151
     
(5,115
)
   
-71.5
%
FDIC assessment expense
   
2,615
     
2,468
     
147
     
6.0
%
   
5,555
     
4,884
     
671
     
13.7
%
Other expense
   
12,186
     
13,231
     
(1,045
)
   
-7.9
%
   
23,892
     
26,483
     
(2,591
)
   
-9.8
%
Total noninterest expense
 
$
100,266
   
$
102,761
   
$
(2,495
)
   
-2.4
%
 
$
199,482
   
$
204,379
   
$
(4,897
)
   
-2.4
%
 
The decrease in noninterest expense for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 when compared to the same time periods in 2014 was primarily attributable to decreases in ORE/foreclosure expense and other expense, which was partially offset by an increase in salaries and employee benefits and services and fees.  Management considers disciplined expense management a key area of focus in the support of improving shareholder value.

Salaries and Employee Benefits

The increase in salaries and employee benefits, the largest category of noninterest expense, for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, when compared with the same time periods in 2014, primarily reflects higher commissions expense resulting from increased mortgage production and improved performance in Trustmark’s Insurance Division and higher pension expense due to increases in recognized net actuarial losses and lump sum settlements.
 
66

Services and Fees

The increase in services and fees for the six months ended June 30, 2015 when compared with the same time period in 2014 was primarily due to increases in data processing expense related to software, which was partially offset by a decline in advertising expense.

Net Occupancy-Premises

The decrease in net occupancy-premises expense for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 when compared to the same time periods in 2014 was principally due to declines in ad valorem taxes and building repairs and maintenance expense, which were partially offset by increases in building rental expense.

During the first six months of 2015, Trustmark completed the consolidation of six banking offices with limited growth opportunities, expanded its mortgage-banking platform with the addition of a new mortgage loan production office in Alabama, and opened two new banking offices in the Alabama market region.  Trustmark also announced plans to consolidate an additional two banking offices and open a mortgage loan production office in the Florida market region during the third quarter of 2015.

ORE/Foreclosure Expense

The decrease in ORE/Foreclosure expense for the three months ended June 30, 2015 compared with the same time period in 2014 was primarily due to the decrease in other real estate write-downs.  The decrease in ORE/Foreclosure expense for the first six months of 2015 compared with the same time period in 2014 was primarily due to a decrease in other real estate write-downs and an increase in the net gain on the sale of other real estate.  The net gain on sale of other real estate for the first six months of 2015 totaled $2.2 million, compared to a net gain on the sale of other real estate of $527 thousand for the first six months of 2014.  The net gain on sale of other real estate for the first six months of 2015 was primarily due to properties sold in the Florida and Alabama market regions resulting from foreclosures of loans acquired in the BancTrust merger.  For additional analysis of other real estate and foreclosure expenses, please see the sections captioned “Nonperforming Assets, excluding Acquired Loans and Covered Other Real Estate” and “Covered Other Real Estate,” located elsewhere in this report.

FDIC Assessment Expense

The increase in FDIC assessment expense for the first six months of 2015 when compared with the same time period in 2014 primarily resulted from the increase in Trustmark’s assessment base.  As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, the FDIC revised the deposit insurance assessment system to base assessments on the average total consolidated assets of insured depository institutions less the average tangible equity during the assessment period.  In addition, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the minimum reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund be increased from 1.15% to 1.35% of estimated insurable deposits, or the comparable percentage of the assessment base, by September 30, 2020.  The FDIC must offset the effect of the increase in the minimum reserve ratio on insured depository institutions with total consolidated assets of less than $10.0 billion.  With total assets greater than $10.0 billion at December 31, 2013, Trustmark lost the benefit of this offset beginning in the second quarter 2014.  The change in the assessment methodology was immaterial to Trustmark’s results of operations.

Other Expense

The following table illustrates the comparative components of other noninterest expense for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
$ Change
   
% Change
   
2015
   
2014
   
$ Change
   
% Change
 
Loan expense
 
$
3,342
   
$
3,107
   
$
235
     
7.6
%
 
$
6,063
   
$
6,571
   
$
(508
)
   
-7.7
%
Amortization of intangibles
   
1,959
     
2,190
     
(231
)
   
-10.5
%
   
3,950
     
4,483
     
(533
)
   
-11.9
%
Other miscellaneous expense
   
6,885
     
7,934
     
(1,049
)
   
-13.2
%
   
13,879
     
15,429
     
(1,550
)
   
-10.0
%
Total other expense
 
$
12,186
   
$
13,231
   
$
(1,045
)
   
-7.9
%
 
$
23,892
   
$
26,483
   
$
(2,591
)
   
-9.8
%
 
The decline in other expenses for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 when compared to the same time periods in 2014 was principally due to declines in other miscellaneous expenses primarily resulting from a legal reserve recorded during the second quarter of 2014 as well as decreases in franchise taxes and benefit plan expense.
 
67

Trustmark is subject to losses in its loan servicing portfolio due to loan foreclosures.  Trustmark has obligations to either repurchase the outstanding principal balance of a loan or make the purchaser whole for the economic benefits of a loan if it is determined that the loan sold was in violation of representations or warranties made by Trustmark at the time of the sale, herein referred to as mortgage loan servicing putback expenses.  Such representations and warranties typically include those made regarding loans that had missing or insufficient file documentation, loans that do not meet investor guidelines, loans in which the appraisal does not support the value and/or loans obtained through fraud by the borrowers or other third parties.  Generally, putback requests may be made until the loan is paid in full.  However, mortgage loans delivered to FNMA and FHLMC on or after January 1, 2013 are subject to the Lending and Selling Representations and Warranties Framework updated in May 2014, which provides certain instances in which FNMA and FHLMC will not exercise their remedies, including a putback request, for breaches of certain selling representations and warranties, such as payment history and quality control review.

Trustmark incurred $105 thousand of mortgage loan servicing putback expenses during the first six months of 2015, compared to $300 thousand for the same time period in 2014.  The reserve for mortgage loan servicing putback expenses for mortgage loans delivered to FNMA in periods not covered by the November 2013 Resolution Agreement between Trustmark and FNMA and to other entities totaled $1.4 million at June 30, 2015, compared to $1.2 million at December 31, 2014.

There is inherent uncertainty in reasonably estimating the requirement for reserves against potential future mortgage loan servicing putback expenses.  Future putback expenses are dependent on many subjective factors, including the review procedures of the purchasers and the potential refinance activity on loans sold with servicing released and the subsequent consequences under the representations and warranties.  Trustmark believes that it has appropriately reserved for potential mortgage loan servicing putback requests.

Segment Information

Results of Segment Operations

Trustmark’s operations are managed along three operating segments: General Banking Division, Wealth Management Division and Insurance Division.  During the second quarter of 2014, Trustmark revised the composition of its operating segments by moving the Private Banking group from the Wealth Management Division to the General Banking Division as a result of a change in supervision of this group for segment reporting purposes.  For financial information by reportable segment, please see Note 18 – Segment Information in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this report.  The following discusses changes in the financial condition of each reportable segment for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.

General Banking

The General Banking Division is responsible for all traditional banking products and services including a full range of commercial and consumer banking services such as checking accounts, savings programs, overdraft facilities, commercial, installment and real estate loans, home equity loans and lines of credit, drive-in and night deposit services and safe deposit facilities offered through 201 offices in Alabama, Florida, Mississippi, Tennessee and Texas.  The General Banking Division also consists of internal operations that include Human Resources, Executive Administration, Treasury (Funds Management), Public Affairs and Corporate Finance.  Included in these operational units are expenses related to mergers, mark-to-market adjustments on loans and deposits, general incentives, restricted stock, supplemental retirement and amortization of core deposits.  Other than Treasury, these business units are support-based in nature and are largely responsible for general overhead expenditures that are not allocated.

Net interest income for the General Banking Division decreased $5.7 million, or 2.8%, during the six months ended June 30, 2015 compared with the same time period in 2014.  The decline in net interest income was mostly due to declines in interest and fees on acquired loans, which was partially offset by an increase in interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI as well as declines in the cost of interest-bearing deposits.  The provision for loan losses, net for the six months ended June 30, 2015 totaled $4.0 million compared to $3.4 million for the same period in 2014, an increase of $597 thousand, or 17.6%.  For more information on these net interest income items, please see the sections captioned “Financial Highlights” and “Results of Operations,” located elsewhere in this report.

Noninterest income for the General Banking Division decreased $1.9 million, or 3.3%, during the first six months of 2015 compared to the same time period in 2014.  Noninterest income for the General Banking Division represented 21.8% of total revenues for the first six months of 2015 as opposed to 21.9% for the same time period in 2014.  Noninterest income for the General Banking Division includes service charges on deposit accounts; bank card and other fees; mortgage banking, net; other, net and securities gains, net.  For more information on these noninterest income items, please see the analysis of Noninterest Income located elsewhere in this report.

Noninterest expense for the General Banking Division decreased $5.8 million, or 3.2%, during the first six months of 2015 compared with the same time period in 2014.  For more information on these noninterest expense items, please see the analysis of Noninterest Expense located elsewhere in this report.
 
68

Wealth Management

The Wealth Management Division has been strategically organized to serve Trustmark’s customers as a financial partner providing reliable guidance and sound, practical advice for accumulating, preserving, and transferring wealth.  The Investment Services group and the Trust group are the primary service providers in this segment.  TIA, a wholly owned subsidiary of TNB that is included in the Wealth Management Division, is a registered investment adviser that provides investment management services to individual and institutional accounts.

During the first six months of 2015, net income for the Wealth Management Division decreased $382 thousand, or 18.9%, when compared to the same time period in 2014. Net interest income for the Wealth Management Division declined $179 thousand, or 63.5%, when the first six months of 2015 are compared to the same time period in 2014 due to a decrease in the interest income earned on deposit accounts held by the Wealth Management Division.  Noninterest income, which includes income related to investment management, trust and brokerage services, decreased $66 thousand, or 0.4%, when the first six months of 2015 are compared to the same time period in 2014.  The decrease in noninterest income for the Wealth Management Division was primarily attributable to declines in annuity income generated by the brokerage services unit, partially offset by growth in commissions and fees on brokerage services.  Noninterest expense increased $124 thousand, or 0.9%, during the first six months of 2015 compared to the same time period in 2014, principally due to increases in services and fees, primarily due to increases in data processing expenses, partially offset by decreases in other expense, primarily due to a legal reserve recorded during the second quarter of 2014.

At June 30, 2015 and 2014, Trustmark held assets under management and administration of $11.082 billion and $11.433 billion, respectively, and brokerage assets of $1.607 billion and $1.562 billion, respectively.

Insurance

Trustmark’s Insurance Division provides a full range of retail insurance products, including commercial risk management products, bonding, group benefits and personal lines coverage through FBBI, a Mississippi corporation and subsidiary of TNB.
 
Net income for the Insurance Division during the first six months of 2015 increased $501 thousand, or 23.8%, compared to the same time period in 2014.  Noninterest income for the Insurance Division increased $1.6 million, or 9.9%, when the first six months of 2015 are compared to the same time period in 2014.  Insurance commissions, which make up predominantly all of noninterest income for the Insurance Division, totaled $9.4 million for the second quarter of 2015, the highest quarterly revenue since the second quarter of 2007.  The increase in insurance commissions was due to new business commission volume primarily in commercial property and casualty and group health coverage, resulting from both a continued focus on new business and the recent addition of experienced account executives with an established book of business.  General business activity continues to improve marginally, resulting in increases in the demand for coverage on inventories, property, equipment, general liability and workers’ compensation.  Noninterest expense for the Insurance Division increased $751 thousand, or 5.7%, when the first six months of 2015 is compared to the same time period in 2014, primarily due to higher commissions and salaries expense resulting from improved performance in the Insurance Division and modest general merit increases and higher services and fees expense resulting from increases in software maintenance fees and software amortization costs.

Income Taxes

For both the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, Trustmark’s combined effective tax rate was 24.2%, compared to 22.7% and 23.2% for the same time periods in 2014, respectively.  Trustmark invests in partnerships that provide income tax credits on a Federal and/or State basis (i.e., new market tax credits, low income housing tax credits or historical tax credits).  These investments are recorded based on the equity method of accounting, which requires the equity in partnerships losses to be recognized when incurred and are recorded as a reduction in other income.  The income tax credits related to these partnerships are utilized as specifically allowed by income tax law and are recorded as a reduction in income tax expense.

Financial Condition

Earning assets serve as the primary revenue streams for Trustmark and are comprised of securities, loans, federal funds sold, securities purchased under reverse repurchase agreements and other earning assets.  Average earning assets totaled $10.625 billion, or 87.7% of total average assets, at June 30, 2015, compared with $10.309 billion, or 86.3% of total average assets, at June 30, 2014, an increase of $316.5 million, or 3.1%.
 
69

Securities

The securities portfolio is utilized by Management to manage interest rate risk, generate interest income, provide liquidity and use as collateral for public deposits and wholesale funding.  Risk and return can be adjusted by altering duration, composition and/or balance of the portfolio.  The weighted-average life of the portfolio increased slightly to 4.0 years at June 30, 2015, compared to 3.9 years at December 31, 2014.

When compared with December 31, 2014, total investment securities increased by $91.3 million during the first six months of 2015.  This increase resulted primarily from purchases of U.S. Government-sponsored agency (GSE) guaranteed securities, partially offset by maturities and pay-downs of the loans underlying these securities.  Trustmark sold no securities during the first six months of 2015, compared to $25.9 million sold during the first six months of 2014, which generated a gain of $389 thousand.

During 2013, Trustmark reclassified approximately $1.099 billion of securities available for sale as securities held to maturity to mitigate the potential adverse impact of a rising interest rate environment on the fair value of the available for sale securities and the related impact on tangible common equity.  The securities were transferred at fair value, which became the cost basis for the securities held to maturity.  At the date of transfer, the net unrealized holding loss on the available for sale securities totaled approximately $46.6 million.  The net unrealized holding loss is amortized over the remaining life of the securities as a yield adjustment in a manner consistent with the amortization or accretion of the original purchase premium or discount on the associated security.  There were no gains or losses recognized as a result of the transfer.  At June 30, 2015, the net unamortized, unrealized loss on the transferred securities included in accumulated other comprehensive loss (AOCL) in the accompanying balance sheets totaled $37.3 million ($23.0 million net of tax) compared to approximately $40.4 million ($24.9 million net of tax) at December 31, 2014.

Available for sale securities are carried at their estimated fair value with unrealized gains or losses recognized, net of taxes, in AOCL, a separate component of shareholders’ equity.  At June 30, 2015, available for sale securities totaled $2.446 billion, which represented 67.3% of the securities portfolio, compared to $2.375 billion, or 67.0%, at December 31, 2014.  At June 30, 2015, unrealized gains, net on available for sale securities totaled $18.4 million compared to $22.6 million at December 31, 2014.  At June 30, 2015, available for sale securities consisted of obligations of states and political subdivisions, GSE guaranteed mortgage-related securities, direct obligations of government agencies and GSEs and asset-backed securities and structured financial products.

Held to maturity securities are carried at amortized cost and represent those securities that Trustmark both intends and has the ability to hold to maturity.  At June 30, 2015, held to maturity securities totaled $1.190 billion and represented 32.7% of the total securities portfolio, compared with $1.171 billion, or 33.0%, at December 31, 2014.

Management continues to focus on asset quality as one of the strategic goals of the securities portfolio, which is evidenced by the investment of approximately 94% of the portfolio in GSE-backed obligations and other Aaa-rated securities as determined by Moody’s Investors Services (Moody’s).  None of the securities owned by Trustmark are collateralized by assets which are considered sub-prime.  Furthermore, outside of stock ownership in the FHLB of Dallas, FHLB of Atlanta and Federal Reserve Bank of Atlanta, Trustmark does not hold any other equity investment in a GSE.
 
As of June 30, 2015, Trustmark did not hold securities of any one issuer with a carrying value exceeding ten percent of total shareholders’ equity, other than certain GSEs which are exempt from inclusion.  Management continues to closely monitor the credit quality as well as the ratings of the debt and mortgage-backed securities issued by the GSEs and held in Trustmark’s securities portfolio.
 
70

The following table presents Trustmark’s securities portfolio by amortized cost and estimated fair value and by credit rating, as determined by Moody’s, at June 30, 2015 ($ in thousands):

   
June 30, 2015
 
   
Amortized Cost
   
Estimated Fair Value
 
   
Amount
   
%
   
Amount
   
%
 
Securities Available for Sale
               
Aaa
 
$
2,273,826
     
93.7
%
 
$
2,287,433
     
93.5
%
Aa1 to Aa3
   
87,818
     
3.6
%
   
90,774
     
3.7
%
A1 to A3
   
1,659
     
0.1
%
   
1,707
     
0.1
%
Not Rated (1)
   
64,680
     
2.6
%
   
66,469
     
2.7
%
Total securities available for sale
 
$
2,427,983
     
100.0
%
 
$
2,446,383
     
100.0
%
                                 
Securities Held to Maturity
                               
Aaa
 
$
1,133,182
     
95.2
%
 
$
1,140,266
     
95.0
%
Aa1 to Aa3
   
42,143
     
3.5
%
   
44,792
     
3.7
%
A1 to A3
   
721
     
0.1
%
   
742
     
0.1
%
Not Rated (1)
   
14,115
     
1.2
%
   
14,417
     
1.2
%
Total securities held to maturity
 
$
1,190,161
     
100.0
%
 
$
1,200,217
     
100.0
%

(1)
Not rated issues primarily consist of Mississippi municipal general obligations

The table above presenting the credit rating of Trustmark’s securities is formatted to show the securities according to the credit rating category, and not by category of the underlying security.  At June 30, 2015, approximately 93.5% of the available for sale securities and 95.2% of the held to maturity securities were rated Aaa.

LHFS

At June 30, 2015, LHFS totaled $147.5 million, consisting of $128.3 million of residential real estate mortgage loans in the process of being sold to third parties and $19.2 million of GNMA optional repurchase loans.  At December 31, 2014, LHFS totaled $132.2 million, consisting of $91.2 million of residential real estate mortgage loans in the process of being sold to third parties and $41.0 million of GNMA optional repurchase loans.  Please refer to the nonperforming assets table that follows for information on GNMA loans eligible for repurchase which are past due 90 days or more.

During the fourth quarter of 2014, Trustmark elected to account for its LHFS purchased or originated on or after October 1, 2014 under the fair value option.  The fair value option election does not apply to the GNMA optional repurchase loans.  The fair value of the LHFS is determined using quoted prices for a similar asset, adjusted for specific attributes of that loan.  The LHFS are actively managed and monitored and certain market risks of the loans may be mitigated through the use of derivatives.  These derivative instruments are carried at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net.  The changes in the fair value of the LHFS are largely offset by changes in the fair value of the derivative instruments.  For the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, a net loss of $2.2 million and $1.8 million, respectively, was recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net for changes in the fair value of the LHFS accounted for under the fair value option.  Interest and fees on LHFS and LHFI for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 included $1.3 million and $2.3 million, respectively, of interest earned on the LHFS accounted for under the fair value option.  Election of the fair value option allows Trustmark to reduce the accounting volatility that would otherwise result from the asymmetry created by accounting for the financial instruments at the lower of cost or fair value and the derivatives at fair value.

GNMA optional repurchase programs allow financial institutions to buy back individual delinquent mortgage loans that meet certain criteria from the securitized loan pool for which the institution provides servicing.  At the servicer’s option and without GNMA’s prior authorization, the servicer may repurchase such a delinquent loan for an amount equal to 100 percent of the remaining principal balance of the loan.  This buy-back option is considered a conditional option until the delinquency criteria are met, at which time the option becomes unconditional.  When Trustmark is deemed to have regained effective control over these loans under the unconditional buy-back option, the loans can no longer be reported as sold and must be brought back onto the balance sheet as LHFS, regardless of whether Trustmark intends to exercise the buy-back option.  These loans are reported as held for sale with the offsetting liability being reported as short-term borrowings.

During the first quarter of 2015, Trustmark exercised its option to repurchase approximately $28.5 million delinquent loans serviced for GNMA.  These loans were subsequently sold to a third party under different repurchase provisions.  Trustmark retained the servicing for these loans, which are subject to guarantees by FHA/VA.  As a result of this repurchase and sale, the loans are no longer carried as LHFS.  The transaction resulted in a gain of $304 thousand, which is included in mortgage banking, net for the first six months of 2015.  Trustmark did not exercise its buy-back option on any delinquent loans serviced for GNMA during the second quarter of 2015 or the first six months of 2014.
 
71

LHFI

The table below shows the carrying value of the LHFI portfolio by type at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 ($ in thousands):


   
June 30, 2015
   
December 31, 2014
 
   
Amount
   
%
   
Amount
   
%
 
Loans secured by real estate:
               
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
682,444
     
10.6
%
 
$
619,877
     
9.6
%
Secured by 1- 4 family residential properties
   
1,637,933
     
25.4
%
   
1,634,397
     
25.4
%
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
1,567,035
     
24.3
%
   
1,553,193
     
24.1
%
Other real estate secured
   
240,056
     
3.7
%
   
253,787
     
3.9
%
Commercial and industrial loans
   
1,219,684
     
18.9
%
   
1,270,350
     
19.7
%
Consumer loans
   
165,215
     
2.6
%
   
167,964
     
2.6
%
State and other polictical subdivision loans
   
574,265
     
8.9
%
   
602,727
     
9.3
%
Other loans
   
360,441
     
5.6
%
   
347,174
     
5.4
%
LHFI
 
$
6,447,073
     
100.0
%
 
$
6,449,469
     
100.0
%

LHFI at June 30, 2015 totaled $6.447 billion compared to $6.449 billion at December 31, 2014, a decrease of $2.4 million, principally due to declines in the Mississippi market region, primarily due to pay-downs of commercial and industrial loans and loans to state and other political subdivisions, which were largely offset by increased loan demand and growth in the Alabama, Texas and Tennessee market regions.

LHFI secured by real estate increased $66.2 million, or 1.6%, during the first six months of 2015 as growth in in the Alabama and Texas market regions was partially offset by declines in the Mississippi, Tennessee and Florida market regions.  LHFI secured by construction, land development and other land increased $62.6 million, or 10.1%, during the first six months of 2015, primarily due to growth in other construction loans and 1-4 family construction.  Other construction loans increased $54.9 million, or 20.3%, during the first six months of 2015, due to growth in all of Trustmark’s market regions.  During the first six months of 2015, $84.2 million in other construction loans were moved to the appropriate permanent categories upon completion, including $50.4 million in non-owner occupied, $20.0 million in multi-family residential and $13.8 million in owner occupied.  Excluding all reclasses between loan categories, growth in other construction loans was $131.4 million for the first six months of 2015.  The 1-4 family construction loan portfolio increased $8.2 million, or 6.0%, during the first six months of 2015, principally due to growth in Trustmark’s Texas, Florida and Alabama market regions.

The commercial real estate loan portfolio increased $13.8 million, or 0.9%, during the first six months of 2015.  The increase in the commercial real estate loan portfolio was primarily attributable to increases in owner occupied loans in Trustmark’s Alabama, Mississippi, Florida and Tennessee market regions principally due to construction loans moved to permanent financing.  The 1-4 family mortgage loan portfolio increased $3.5 million, or 0.2%, during the first six months of 2015, primarily due to increases in home equity lines of credit in the Alabama and Mississippi market regions.  Other real estate secured LHFI decreased $13.7 million, or 5.4%, during the first six months of 2015, primarily due to decreases in multi-family residential loans in the Mississippi and Tennessee market regions.

The commercial and industrial loan portfolio decrease of $50.7 million, or 4.0%, was primarily attributable to declines in Trustmark’s Mississippi and Texas market regions partially offset by growth in the Tennessee, Alabama and Florida market regions.  Trustmark’s exposure to the energy sector is primarily included in the commercial and industrial loan portfolio in Trustmark’s Mississippi and Texas market regions.  At June 30, 2015, energy-related LHFI had outstanding balances of approximately $190.3 million, which represented approximately 3.0% of Trustmark’s total LHFI portfolio.  Should oil prices remain at current levels or below for a prolonged period of time, there is potential for downgrades to occur.  Management will continue to monitor this exposure.  State and other political subdivision LHFI decreased $28.5 million, or 4.7%, during the first six months of 2015 principally due to pay-offs in the Mississippi market region, which was partially offset by growth in Trustmark’s Alabama, Texas and Tennessee market regions.  The other loan portfolio, which includes lending to nonprofits and real estate investment trusts, increased $13.3 million, or 3.8%, during the first six months of 2015, which primarily represented growth in Trustmark’s Texas and Alabama market regions.  The consumer loan portfolio decreased $2.7 million, or 1.6%, during the first six months of 2015, primarily due to declines in the Mississippi market region.
 
72

The following table provides information regarding Trustmark’s home equity loans and home equity lines of credit which are included in the LHFI secured by 1-4 family residential properties for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
 
   
June 30, 2015
   
December 31, 2014
 
Home equity loans
 
$
60,757
   
$
60,952
 
Home equity lines of credit
 
$
358,747
   
$
355,402
 
Percentage of loans and lines for which Trustmark holds first lien
   
57.5
%
   
57.2
%
Percentage of loans and lines for which Trustmark does not hold first lien
   
42.5
%
   
42.8
%

Due to the increased risk associated with second liens, loan terms and underwriting guidelines differ from those used for products secured by first liens.  Loan amounts and loan-to-value ratios are limited and are lower for second liens than first liens.  Also, interest rates and maximum amortization periods are adjusted accordingly.  In addition, regardless of lien position, the passing credit score for approval of all home equity lines of credit is higher than that of term loans.  The allowance for loan losses, LHFI is also reflective of the increased risk related to second liens through application of a greater loss factor to this portion of the portfolio.

The following tables provide information regarding the interest rate terms of Trustmark’s LHFI as of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 ($ in thousands).  Trustmark’s variable rate LHFI are based primarily on various prime and LIBOR interest rate bases.

   
June 30, 2015
 
   
Fixed
   
Variable
   
Total
 
Loans secured by real estate:
           
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
187,749
   
$
494,695
   
$
682,444
 
Secured by 1- 4 family residential properties
   
1,549,702
     
88,231
     
1,637,933
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
996,160
     
570,875
     
1,567,035
 
Other real estate secured
   
134,502
     
105,554
     
240,056
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
461,438
     
758,246
     
1,219,684
 
Consumer loans
   
146,592
     
18,623
     
165,215
 
State and other political subdivision loans
   
483,915
     
90,350
     
574,265
 
Other loans
   
157,736
     
202,705
     
360,441
 
LHFI
 
$
4,117,794
   
$
2,329,279
   
$
6,447,073
 

   
December 31, 2014
 
   
Fixed
   
Variable
   
Total
 
Loans secured by real estate:
           
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
215,204
   
$
404,673
   
$
619,877
 
Secured by 1- 4 family residential properties
   
1,528,993
     
105,404
     
1,634,397
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
1,003,544
     
549,649
     
1,553,193
 
Other real estate secured
   
153,261
     
100,526
     
253,787
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
513,243
     
757,107
     
1,270,350
 
Consumer loans
   
148,926
     
19,038
     
167,964
 
State and other political subdivision loans
   
520,589
     
82,138
     
602,727
 
Other loans
   
184,968
     
162,206
     
347,174
 
LHFI
 
$
4,268,728
   
$
2,180,741
   
$
6,449,469
 

In the following tables, LHFI reported by region (along with related nonperforming assets and net charge-offs) are associated with location of origination except for loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties (representing traditional mortgages), credit cards and indirect consumer auto loans.  These loans are included in the Mississippi Region because they are centrally analyzed and approved as part of a specific line of business located at Trustmark’s headquarters in Jackson, Mississippi.
 
73

The following table presents the LHFI composition by region at June 30, 2015 and reflects a diversified mix of loans by region ($ in thousands):

   
June 30, 2015
 
LHFI Composition by Region
 
Total
   
Alabama
   
Florida
   
Mississippi (Central and Southern Regions)
   
Tennessee (Memphis, TN and Northern MS Regions)
   
Texas
 
Loans secured by real estate:
                       
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
682,444
   
$
90,143
   
$
59,123
   
$
250,180
   
$
55,907
   
$
227,091
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
1,637,933
     
51,114
     
50,074
     
1,400,973
     
118,877
     
16,895
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
1,567,035
     
127,686
     
163,491
     
771,774
     
147,094
     
356,990
 
Other real estate secured
   
240,056
     
16,920
     
5,630
     
143,176
     
17,932
     
56,398
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
1,219,684
     
87,282
     
12,290
     
750,577
     
115,896
     
253,639
 
Consumer loans
   
165,215
     
17,228
     
2,594
     
125,937
     
16,886
     
2,570
 
State and other political subdivision loans
   
574,265
     
45,427
     
26,826
     
408,388
     
20,732
     
72,892
 
Other loans
   
360,441
     
22,861
     
19,707
     
237,846
     
38,742
     
41,285
 
LHFI
 
$
6,447,073
   
$
458,661
   
$
339,735
   
$
4,088,851
   
$
532,066
   
$
1,027,760
 
                                                 
Construction, Land Development and Other Land Loans by Region
                                               
Lots
 
$
46,755
   
$
5,766
   
$
21,435
   
$
13,767
   
$
2,297
   
$
3,490
 
Development
   
52,087
     
7,610
     
5,471
     
29,861
     
796
     
8,349
 
Unimproved land
   
113,535
     
8,061
     
21,608
     
46,250
     
21,915
     
15,701
 
1-4 family construction
   
144,864
     
24,526
     
10,127
     
69,343
     
1,941
     
38,927
 
Other construction
   
325,203
     
44,180
     
482
     
90,959
     
28,958
     
160,624
 
Construction, land development and other land loans
 
$
682,444
   
$
90,143
   
$
59,123
   
$
250,180
   
$
55,907
   
$
227,091
 
                                                 
Loans Secured by Nonfarm, Nonresidential Properties by Region
                                         
Income producing:
                                               
Retail
 
$
212,385
   
$
36,496
   
$
35,661
   
$
71,404
   
$
21,084
   
$
47,740
 
Office
   
205,966
     
15,924
     
38,868
     
77,619
     
6,225
     
67,330
 
Nursing homes/assisted living
   
76,658
     
-
     
-
     
70,847
     
5,811
     
-
 
Hotel/motel
   
110,620
     
11,372
     
18,477
     
37,192
     
33,472
     
10,107
 
Industrial
   
43,212
     
5,325
     
5,795
     
11,316
     
1,091
     
19,685
 
Health care
   
25,319
     
2,174
     
-
     
23,126
     
19
     
-
 
Convenience stores
   
13,471
     
239
     
-
     
7,356
     
1,180
     
4,696
 
Other
   
154,628
     
6,257
     
19,021
     
69,527
     
3,089
     
56,734
 
Total income producing loans
   
842,259
     
77,787
     
117,822
     
368,387
     
71,971
     
206,292
 
                                                 
Owner-occupied:
                                               
Office
   
114,409
     
7,234
     
17,756
     
57,401
     
7,887
     
24,131
 
Churches
   
94,059
     
3,967
     
2,791
     
47,170
     
30,108
     
10,023
 
Industrial warehouses
   
129,256
     
3,776
     
2,659
     
68,110
     
11,419
     
43,292
 
Health care
   
110,329
     
13,310
     
8,182
     
59,034
     
10,044
     
19,759
 
Convenience stores
   
66,751
     
463
     
1,492
     
49,544
     
2,914
     
12,338
 
Retail
   
36,774
     
2,305
     
5,396
     
22,629
     
3,369
     
3,075
 
Restaurants
   
33,161
     
1,946
     
1,908
     
23,960
     
3,928
     
1,419
 
Auto dealerships
   
13,473
     
7,629
     
80
     
4,439
     
1,313
     
12
 
Other
   
126,564
     
9,269
     
5,405
     
71,100
     
4,141
     
36,649
 
Total owner-occupied loans
   
724,776
     
49,899
     
45,669
     
403,387
     
75,123
     
150,698
 
Loans secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
 
$
1,567,035
   
$
127,686
   
$
163,491
   
$
771,774
   
$
147,094
   
$
356,990
 

Trustmark makes loans in the normal course of business to certain directors, their immediate families and companies in which they are principal owners.  Such loans are made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with unrelated persons and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability at the time of the transaction.

At June 30, 2015, Trustmark held “alt A” mortgages with an aggregate principal balance of $1.4 million (0.03% of total LHFI secured by real estate at that date) compared to $1.5 million (0.04% of total LHFI secured by real estate at that date) at December 31, 2014.  These “alt A” loans have been originated by Trustmark as an accommodation to certain Trustmark customers for whom Trustmark determined that such loans were suitable under the purposes of the FNMA “alt A” program and under Trustmark’s loan origination standards.  Trustmark does not have any no-interest loans, other than a small number of loans made to customers that are charitable organizations, the aggregate amount of which is not material to Trustmark’s financial condition or results of operations.
 
74

Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI

The allowance for loan losses, LHFI is established through provisions for estimated loan losses charged against net income.  The allowance reflects Management’s best estimate of the probable loan losses related to specifically identified LHFI as well as probable incurred loan losses in the remaining loan portfolio and requires considerable judgment.  The allowance is based upon Management’s current judgments and the credit quality of the loan portfolio, including all internal and external factors that impact loan collectability.  Accordingly, the allowance is based upon both past events and current economic conditions.

Trustmark’s allowance has been developed using different factors to estimate losses based upon specific evaluation of identified individual LHFI considered impaired, estimated identified losses on various pools of LHFI and/or groups of risk rated LHFI with common risk characteristics and other external and internal factors of estimated probable losses based on other facts and circumstances.

Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology is based on guidance provided in SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin (SAB) No. 102, “Selected Loan Loss Allowance Methodology and Documentation Issues,” as well as other regulatory guidance.  The level of Trustmark’s allowance reflects Management’s continuing evaluation of specific credit risks, loan loss experience, current loan portfolio growth, present economic, political and regulatory conditions and unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio.  This evaluation takes into account other qualitative factors including (but not limited to) recent acquisitions; national, regional and local economic trends and conditions; changes in industry and credit concentration; changes in levels and trends of delinquencies and nonperforming LHFI; changes in levels and trends of net charge-offs; changes in interest rates and collateral, financial and underwriting exceptions; and loan facility risk.  For a complete description of Trustmark’s allowance for loan loss methodology and the quantitative and qualitative factors included in the valuation allowance, please see Note 3 – Loans Held for Investment (LHFI) and Allowance for Loan Losses, LHFI located elsewhere in this report.

At June 30, 2015, the allowance for loan losses, LHFI, was $71.2 million, an increase of $1.6 million, or 2.2%, when compared with December 31, 2014.  Total allowance coverage of nonperforming LHFI, excluding impaired LHFI, increased to 192.6% at June 30, 2015, compared to 180.95% at December 31, 2014 due to the decline in the balance of nonperforming LHFI, excluding impaired LHFI, during the first six months of 2015.  Allocation of Trustmark’s $71.2 million allowance for loan losses, LHFI, represented 1.30% of commercial LHFI and 0.59% of consumer and home mortgage LHFI, resulting in an allowance to total LHFI of 1.10% as of June 30, 2015.  This compares with an allowance to total LHFI of 1.08% at December 31, 2014, which was allocated to commercial LHFI at 1.23% and to consumer and mortgage LHFI at 0.67%.

Charge-offs exceeded recoveries for the first six months of 2015 resulting in a net charge-off of $1.3 million, or 0.04% of average loans (includes LHFI and LHFS), compared to a net recovery of $654 thousand, or -0.02% of average loans, during the same time period in 2014.  The increase in total net charge-offs during the first six months of 2015 can be primarily attributed to a decrease in recoveries, principally in the Florida market region, compared to the same time period in 2014.  The Florida and Mississippi market regions accounted for the largest changes in net charge-offs when the first six months of 2015 are compared to the same time period in 2014.  The increase in net charge-offs in the Florida market region was the result of a $2.5 million decline in recoveries, primarily due to recoveries of loans previously charged down received during the first quarter of 2014, as well as a $1.1 million increase in charge-offs.  The decrease in net charge-offs in the Mississippi market region was the result of a $1.4 million decline in charge-offs partially offset by a $361 thousand decline in recoveries for the first six months of 2015.  Management continues to monitor the impact of real estate values on borrowers and is proactively managing these situations.

The following table presents the net charge-offs (recoveries) for LHFI by geographic market region for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2015
   
2014
 
Alabama
 
$
216
   
$
84
   
$
360
   
$
139
 
Florida
   
539
     
(525
)
   
511
     
(3,049
)
Mississippi (1)
   
1,028
     
1,518
     
1,171
     
2,194
 
Tennessee (2)
   
105
     
87
     
(111
)
   
86
 
Texas
   
(700
)
   
57
     
(663
)
   
(24
)
Total net charge-offs (recoveries)
 
$
1,188
   
$
1,221
   
$
1,268
   
$
(654
)

(1)
Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions
(2)
Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions
 
75

Trustmark’s loan policy dictates the guidelines to be followed in determining when a loan is charged off.  Commercial purpose loans are charged off when a determination is made that the loan is uncollectible and continuance as a bankable asset is not warranted or an impairment evaluation indicates that a value adjustment is necessary.  Consumer loans secured by 1-4 family residential real estate are generally charged off or written down when the credit becomes severely delinquent and the balance exceeds the fair value of the property less costs to sell.  Non-real estate consumer purpose loans, both secured and unsecured, are generally charged off in full during the month in which the loan becomes 120 days past due.  Credit card loans are generally charged off in full when the loan becomes 180 days past due.

Nonperforming Assets, Excluding Acquired Loans and Covered Other Real Estate

The table below provides the components of nonperforming assets, excluding acquired loans and covered other real estate, by geographic market regions at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 ($ in thousands):

   
June 30, 2015
   
December 31, 2014
 
Nonaccrual LHFI
       
Alabama
 
$
713
   
$
852
 
Florida
   
7,892
     
11,091
 
Mississippi (1)
   
52,051
     
57,129
 
Tennessee (2)
   
5,468
     
5,819
 
Texas
   
2,314
     
4,452
 
Total nonaccrual LHFI
   
68,438
     
79,343
 
Other real estate
               
Alabama
   
21,849
     
21,196
 
Florida
   
31,059
     
35,324
 
Mississippi (1)
   
14,094
     
17,397
 
Tennessee (2)
   
9,707
     
10,292
 
Texas
   
14,039
     
8,300
 
Total other real estate, excluding covered other real estate
   
90,748
     
92,509
 
Total nonperforming assets
 
$
159,186
   
$
171,852
 
                 
Nonperforming assets/total loans (LHFI and LHFS) and ORE
   
2.38
%
   
2.57
%
                 
Loans past due 90 days or more
               
LHFI
 
$
1,771
   
$
2,764
 
                 
LHFS - Guaranteed GNMA serviced loans (3)
 
$
11,987
   
$
25,943
 

(1)
Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions
(2)
Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions
(3)
No obligation to repurchase

See the previous discussion of LHFS for more information on Trustmark’s serviced GNMA loans eligible for repurchase and the impact of Trustmark’s repurchases of delinquent mortgage loans under the GNMA optional repurchase program.
 
76

Nonaccrual LHFI

During the first six months of 2015, nonaccrual LHFI decreased $10.9 million, or 13.7%, relative to December 31, 2014 to total $68.4 million, or 1.04% of total LHFI and LHFS.  The decrease in nonaccrual LHFI was principally the result of substandard credits in Trustmark’s Mississippi, Florida, Texas and Tennessee market regions that were paid off, paid down or foreclosed partially offset by LHFI migrating to nonaccrual status during the first six months of 2015.  The following table illustrates nonaccrual LHFI by loan type at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 ($ in thousands):

   
June 30, 2015
   
December 31, 2014
 
Loans secured by real estate:
       
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
10,888
   
$
13,867
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
24,882
     
25,621
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
19,030
     
25,717
 
Other real estate secured
   
610
     
1,318
 
Commercial and industrial
   
12,411
     
12,104
 
Consumer loans
   
44
     
88
 
State and other political subdivision loans
   
-
     
-
 
Other loans
   
573
     
628
 
Total nonaccrual LHFI
 
$
68,438
   
$
79,343
 

Other Real Estate, Excluding Covered Other Real Estate

At June 30, 2015, other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, totaled $90.7 million, a decrease of $1.8 million, or 1.9%, when compared with December 31, 2014.  The decrease in other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, was principally attributable to decreases in the Florida and Mississippi market regions, partially offset by a $7.3 million property foreclosed in the Texas market region during the second quarter of 2015.

The following tables illustrate changes in other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by geographic market region for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Six Months Ended June 30, 2015
 
   
Total
   
Alabama
   
Florida
   
Mississippi (1)
   
Tennessee (2)
   
Texas
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
92,509
   
$
21,196
   
$
35,324
   
$
17,397
   
$
10,292
   
$
8,300
 
Additions
   
20,532
     
5,618
     
3,732
     
2,093
     
193
     
8,896
 
Disposals
   
(21,300
)
   
(5,144
)
   
(6,915
)
   
(5,254
)
   
(830
)
   
(3,157
)
Write-downs
   
(993
)
   
179
     
(1,082
)
   
(142
)
   
52
     
-
 
Balance at end of period
 
$
90,748
   
$
21,849
   
$
31,059
   
$
14,094
   
$
9,707
   
$
14,039
 
                                                 
   
Six Months Ended June 30, 2014
 
   
Total
   
Alabama
   
Florida
   
Mississippi (1)
   
Tennessee (2)
   
Texas
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
106,539
   
$
25,912
   
$
34,480
   
$
22,766
   
$
12,892
   
$
10,489
 
Additions
   
24,601
     
5,875
     
13,364
     
5,067
     
295
     
-
 
Disposals
   
(20,827
)
   
(6,389
)
   
(4,384
)
   
(7,584
)
   
(407
)
   
(2,063
)
Write-downs
   
(3,343
)
   
(923
)
   
(253
)
   
(1,460
)
   
(707
)
   
-
 
Adjustments
   
-
     
66
     
-
     
(66
)
   
-
     
-
 
Balance at end of period
 
$
106,970
   
$
24,541
   
$
43,207
   
$
18,723
   
$
12,073
   
$
8,426
 

(1)
Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions
(2)
Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions

Other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, in Trustmark’s Florida market region included $3.2 million of BancTrust properties foreclosed during the first six months of 2015, $448 thousand of write-downs of BancTrust other real estate and the sale of $4.9 million of BancTrust other real estate in Florida during the first six months of 2015.  Excluding other real estate resulting from the BancTrust merger, other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, decreased $1.2 million during the first six months of 2015.
 
77

The following table illustrates other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by type of property at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 ($ in thousands):

   
June 30, 2015
   
December 31, 2014
 
Construction, land development and other land properties
 
$
64,829
   
$
61,015
 
1-4 family residential properties
   
7,990
     
10,150
 
Nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
16,434
     
19,696
 
Other real estate properties
   
1,495
     
1,648
 
Total other real estate, excluding covered other real estate
 
$
90,748
   
$
92,509
 

Other real estate is revalued on an annual basis or more often if market conditions necessitate.  Subsequent to foreclosure, losses on the periodic revaluation of the property are charged against the reserve for other real estate write-downs or net income in ORE/Foreclosure expense, if a reserve does not exist.  Write-downs of other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, decreased $2.3 million during the first six months of 2015 compared to the same time period in 2014.  The decrease in write-downs on other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, during the first six months of 2015 compared to the same time period in 2014 was primarily the result of a decrease in write-downs on other real estate that was revalued, principally in the Mississippi and Alabama market regions, during the period as well as increases in the reserves for write-downs of other real estate released in the Alabama, Tennessee and Mississippi market regions.

The following table illustrates write-downs of other real estate, excluding covered other real estate, by region for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Three Months Ended June 30,
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
   
2015
   
2014
 
Alabama
 
$
(883
)
 
$
885
   
$
(179
)
 
$
923
 
Florida
   
345
     
(119
)
   
1,082
     
253
 
Mississippi (1)
   
194
     
855
     
142
     
1,460
 
Tennessee (2)
   
455
     
618
     
(52
)
   
707
 
Texas
   
-
     
-
     
-
     
-
 
Total writedowns of other real estate
 
$
111
   
$
2,239
   
$
993
   
$
3,343
 

(1)
Mississippi includes Central and Southern Mississippi Regions
(2)
Tennessee includes Memphis, Tennessee and Northern Mississippi Regions

Acquired Loans

Loans acquired through business combinations were evaluated for evidence of credit deterioration since origination and collectability of contractually required payments.  Trustmark elected to account for all loans acquired in business combinations as acquired impaired loans under FASB ASC Topic 310-30, except for acquired loans with revolving privileges and acquired commercial leases, which are outside the scope of this guidance.  While not all loans acquired in business combinations exhibited evidence of significant credit deterioration, accounting for these acquired loans under FASB ASC Topic 310-30 would have materially the same result as the alternative accounting treatment.  Acquired loans with revolving privileges and acquired commercial leases were accounted for in accordance with accounting requirements for acquired nonimpaired loans.
 
78

As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, acquired loans consisted of the following ($ in thousands):

   
June 30, 2015
   
December 31, 2014
 
   
Noncovered
   
Covered
   
Noncovered
   
Covered
 
Loans secured by real estate:
               
Construction, land development and other land
 
$
50,867
   
$
904
   
$
58,309
   
$
1,197
 
Secured by 1-4 family residential properties
   
101,027
     
11,080
     
116,920
     
13,180
 
Secured by nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
168,698
     
5,206
     
202,323
     
7,672
 
Other real estate secured
   
25,666
     
1,622
     
27,813
     
1,096
 
Commercial and industrial loans
   
73,732
     
371
     
88,256
     
277
 
Consumer loans
   
7,273
     
-
     
9,772
     
-
 
Other loans
   
19,897
     
56
     
22,390
     
204
 
Acquired loans
   
447,160
     
19,239
     
525,783
     
23,626
 
Less allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
   
11,927
     
702
     
10,541
     
1,518
 
Net acquired loans
 
$
435,233
   
$
18,537
   
$
515,242
   
$
22,108
 
 
During the first six months of 2015, noncovered and covered acquired loans declined $78.6 million, or 15.0%, and $4.4 million, or 18.6%, respectively, compared to balances at December 31, 2014.  The decrease in both noncovered and covered acquired loans during the first six months of 2015 was primarily the result of pay-downs and pay-offs of these acquired loans.

The following table illustrates changes in the net carrying value of the acquired loans for the periods presented ($ in thousands):

   
Noncovered
   
Covered
 
   
Acquired
Impaired
   
Acquired
Not ASC 310-30 (1)
   
Acquired
Impaired
   
Acquired
Not ASC 310-30 (1)
 
Carrying value, net at January 1, 2014
 
$
639,656
   
$
123,085
   
$
30,166
   
$
1,663
 
Accretion to interest income
   
44,575
     
1,706
     
4,052
     
1
 
Payments received, net
   
(216,378
)
   
(42,284
)
   
(12,396
)
   
(30
)
Other (2)
   
(29,724
)
   
(2,102
)
   
(1,733
)
   
(484
)
Less change in allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
   
(3,978
)
   
686
     
415
     
454
 
Carrying value, net at December 31, 2014
   
434,151
     
81,091
     
20,504
     
1,604
 
Accretion to interest income
   
17,140
     
453
     
1,309
     
-
 
Payments received, net
   
(89,149
)
   
(7,635
)
   
(5,638
)
   
(72
)
Other (2)
   
568
     
-
     
14
     
-
 
Less change in allowance for loan losses, acquired loans
   
(1,386
)
   
-
     
816
     
-
 
Carrying value, net at June 30, 2015
 
$
361,324
   
$
73,909
   
$
17,005
   
$
1,532
 

(1)
"Acquired Not ASC 310-30" loans consist of revolving credit agreements and commercial leases that are not in scope for FASB ASC Topic 310-30.
(2)
Includes miscellaneous timing adjustments as well as acquired loan terminations through foreclosure, charge-off, pool recovery and other terminations.

Covered Other Real Estate

The following table illustrates covered other real estate by type of property at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014 ($ in thousands):
 
   
June 30, 2015
   
December 31, 2014
 
Construction, land development and other land properties
 
$
768
   
$
1,917
 
1-4 family residential properties
   
296
     
1,103
 
Nonfarm, nonresidential properties
   
1,963
     
2,296
 
Other real estate properties
   
728
     
744
 
Total covered other real estate
 
$
3,755
   
$
6,060
 
 
79

The following table illustrates changes and losses, net on covered other real estate for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
 
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
 
   
2015
   
2014
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
6,060
   
$
5,108
 
Transfers from covered loans
   
177
     
218
 
FASB ASC 310-30 adjustment for the residual recorded investment
   
(917
)
   
(39
)
Net transfers from covered loans
   
(740
)
   
179
 
Disposals
   
(1,188
)
   
(632
)
Write-downs
   
(377
)
   
(783
)
Balance at end of period
 
$
3,755
   
$
3,872
 
                 
Loss, net on the sale of covered other real estate included in ORE/Foreclosure expense
 
$
(99
)
 
$
(109
)

FDIC Indemnification Asset

Trustmark periodically re-estimates the expected cash flows on the acquired covered loans as required by FASB ASC Topic 310-30.  For the first six months of 2015 and 2014, this analysis resulted in improvements in the estimated future cash flows of the acquired covered loans that remain outstanding as well as lower expected remaining losses on those loans, primarily due to pay-offs of acquired covered loans.  The pay-offs and improvements in the estimated expected cash flows of the acquired covered loans resulted in a reduction of the expected loss-share receivable from the FDIC.  Reductions of the FDIC indemnification asset resulting from improvements in expected cash flows and covered losses based on the re-estimation of acquired covered loans are amortized over the lesser of the remaining life or contractual FDIC agreement period of the acquired covered loan as a yield adjustment consistent with the associated acquired covered loan.  Other noninterest income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 included $415 thousand and $844 thousand, respectively, of amortization of the FDIC indemnification asset as a result of improvements in the expected cash flows and lower loss expectations, compared to $795 thousand and $1.1 million for the three and six months ended June 30, 2014, respectively.  During the three and six months ended June 30, 2015, other noninterest income also included a reduction of the FDIC indemnification asset of $1.0 million and $1.3 million, respectively, compared to $204 thousand and $561 thousand, respectively, for the same time periods in 2014, primarily resulting from loan pay-offs partially offset by loan pools of acquired covered loans with increased loss expectations.  Also included in other noninterest income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2015 was a reduction of the FDIC indemnification asset of $365 thousand and $621 thousand, respectively, related to sales and valuation adjustments of covered other real estate during the period.

The following table illustrates changes in the FDIC indemnification asset for the periods presented ($ in thousands):
 
   
Six Months Ended June 30,
   
2015
   
  2014
 
Balance at beginning of period
 
$
6,997
   
$
14,347
 
Amortization
   
(844
)
   
(1,127
)
Transfers to FDIC claims
   
(1,583
)
   
(1,761
)
Change in expected cash flows
   
(1,638
)
   
(293
)
Change in FDIC true-up provision
   
(300
)
   
(300
)
Balance at end of period
 
$
2,632
   
$
10,866
 

Pursuant to the provisions of the loss-share agreement with the FDIC, TNB may be required to make a true-up payment to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement should actual losses be less than certain thresholds established in the agreement.  TNB calculates the projected true-up payable to the FDIC quarterly and records a FDIC true-up provision for the present value of the projected true-up payable to the FDIC at the termination of the loss-share agreement.  TNB’s FDIC true-up provision totaled $2.4 million at June 30, 2015 compared to $2.1 million at December 31, 2014.
 
80

Deposits

Trustmark’s deposits are its primary source of funding and consist of core deposits from the communities Trustmark serves.  Deposits include interest-bearing and noninterest-bearing demand accounts, savings, money market, certificates of deposit and individual retirement accounts.  Total deposits were $9.792 billion at June 30, 2015 compared to $9.698 billion at December 31, 2014, an increase of $93.8 million, or 1.0%.  Growth in noninterest-bearing and interest-bearing deposits totaled $70.5 million, or 2.6%, and $23.3 million, or 0.3%, respectively, during the first six months of 2015.  The increase in noninterest-bearing deposits was primarily due to growth across all categories of demand deposit accounts.  The increase in interest-bearing deposits resulted primarily from growth in all categories of money market and savings deposit accounts as well as the addition of $30.0 million of term fixed rate brokered CDs during the period, which was largely offset by declines in all other time deposits.  Excluding the brokered CDs, time deposit account balances declined by $156.7 million, or 8.1%, during the first six months of 2015 as a result of Trustmark’s continued efforts to reduce high-cost deposit balances and customers continued shift from longer-term commitments due to the low interest rate environment.  For additional information regarding Trustmark’s brokered deposits, please see the section captioned “Liquidity” included elsewhere in this report.

Short-term Borrowings

Trustmark uses short-term borrowings to fund growth of earning assets in excess of deposit growth.  Short-term borrowings consist primarily of federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements, short-term FHLB advances and GNMA optional repurchase loans.  Short-term borrowings totaled $679.2 million at June 30, 2015, a decrease of $189.4 million, or 21.8%, when compared with $868.6 million at December 31, 2014.  Federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements totaled $477.5 million at June 30, 2015 compared to $443.5 million at December 31, 2014, an increase of $33.9 million, or 7.6%.  Of these amounts $183.5 million and $213.5 million, respectively, represented customer related transactions, such as commercial sweep repurchase balances.  Excluding customer related transactions, federal funds purchased totaled $294.0 million at June 30, 2015, an increase of $64.0 million when compared with $230.0 million at December 31, 2014, as Trustmark increased its upstream federal funds purchased as a less costly source of funding.  Other short-term borrowings decreased $223.3 million during the first six months of 2015 primarily due to $350.0 million of short-term FHLB advances provided by the FHLB of Dallas which matured during the first quarter of 2015, $150.0 million of short-term FHLB advances provided by the FHLB of Dallas which were acquired during the second quarter of 2015 and remained outstanding at June 30, 2015 and $28.5 million of GNMA optional repurchase loans which were repurchased and subsequently sold during the first quarter of 2015.  For additional information regarding Trustmark’s GNMA optional repurchase loans, please see the section captioned “LHFS” included elsewhere in this report.  For additional information regarding Trustmark’s short-term FHLB advances, please see the section captioned “Liquidity” included elsewhere in this report.

Legal Environment

Information required in this section is set forth under the heading “Legal Proceedings” of Note 12 – Contingencies included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

Information required in this section is set forth under the heading “Lending Related” of Note 12 – Contingencies included in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report.

Contractual Obligations

Payments due from Trustmark under specified long-term and certain other binding contractual obligations were scheduled in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2014.  The most significant obligations, other than obligations under deposit contracts and short-term borrowings, were for operating leases for banking facilities.  There have been no material changes in Trustmark’s contractual obligations since year-end.

Capital Resources

At June 30, 2015, Trustmark’s total shareholders’ equity was $1.450 billion, an increase of $30.5 million, or 2.1%, from its level at December 31, 2014.  During the first six months of 2015, shareholders’ equity increased primarily as a result of net income of $59.8 million, which was partially offset by common stock dividends of $31.3 million.  Trustmark utilizes a capital model in order to provide Management with a monthly tool for analyzing changes in its strategic capital ratios.  This allows Management to hold sufficient capital to provide for growth opportunities and protect the balance sheet against sudden adverse market conditions, while maintaining an attractive return on equity to shareholders.
 
81

Regulatory Capital

As of January 1, 2015, Trustmark and TNB were subject to revised capital requirements, as described in the section captioned “Recent Legislative and Regulatory Developments” located elsewhere in this report.  Trustmark and TNB are subject to minimum risk-based capital and leverage capital requirements, which are administered by the federal bank regulatory agencies.  These capital requirements, as defined by federal regulations, involve quantitative and qualitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet instruments.  Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can result in certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the financial statements of Trustmark and TNB and limit Trustmark’s and TNB’s ability to pay dividends.  As of June 30, 2015, Trustmark and TNB exceeded all applicable minimum capital standards for the parent company and its primary banking subsidiary.  In addition, Trustmark and TNB met applicable regulatory guidelines to be considered well-capitalized at June 30, 2015.  To be categorized in this manner, Trustmark and TNB maintained minimum common equity Tier 1 risk-based capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital, total risk-based capital and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the accompanying table.  There are no significant conditions or events that have occurred since June 30, 2015, which Management believes have affected Trustmark’s or TNB’s present classification.

During 2006, Trustmark enhanced its capital structure with the issuance of trust preferred securities and Subordinated Notes (the Notes).  For regulatory capital purposes, the trust preferred securities currently qualify as Tier 1 capital while the Notes qualify as Tier 2 capital.  The addition of these capital instruments provided Trustmark a cost effective manner in which to manage shareholders’ equity and enhance financial flexibility.  Trustmark will continue to utilize $60.0 million in trust preferred securities issued by the Trust as Tier 1 capital up to the regulatory limit, as permitted by the grandfather provision in the Dodd-Frank Act and the Basel III Final Rule.

The following table illustrates Trustmark’s and TNB’s actual regulatory capital amounts and ratios under regulatory capital standards in effect at June 30, 2015 (Basel III) and December 31, 2014 (Basel I) ($ in thousands):
 
   
Actual
Regulatory Capital
   
Minimum
   
To Be Well
 
   
Amount
   
Ratio
   
Requirement
   
Capitalized
 
At June 30, 2015:
               
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,133,094
     
13.28
%
   
4.50
%
   
n/a
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,172,108
     
13.74
%
   
4.50
%
   
6.50
%
                                 
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,191,523
     
13.97
%
   
6.00
%
   
n/a
 
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,172,108
     
13.74
%
   
6.00
%
   
8.00
%
                                 
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,285,309
     
15.07
%
   
8.00
%
   
n/a
 
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,265,894
     
14.84
%
   
8.00
%
   
10.00
%
                                 
Tier 1 Leverage (to Average Assets)
                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,191,523
     
10.14
%
   
4.00
%
   
n/a
 
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,172,108
     
9.99
%
   
4.00
%
   
5.00
%
                                 
At December 31, 2014:
                               
Common Equity Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,069,630
     
12.75
%
   
n/a
 
   
n/a
 
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,108,399
     
13.24
%
   
n/a
 
   
n/a
 
                                 
Tier 1 Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,129,630
     
13.47
%
   
4.00
%
   
n/a
 
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,108,399
     
13.24
%
   
4.00
%
   
6.00
%
                                 
Total Capital (to Risk Weighted Assets)
                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,221,292
     
14.56
%
   
8.00
%
   
n/a
 
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,198,697
     
14.32
%
   
8.00
%
   
10.00
%
                                 
Tier 1 Leverage (to Average Assets)
                               
Trustmark Corporation
 
$
1,129,630
     
9.63
%
   
4.00
%
   
n/a
 
Trustmark National Bank
   
1,108,399
     
9.46
%
   
4.00
%
   
5.00
%
 
82

Dividends on Common Stock

Dividends per common share for the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014 were $0.46.  Trustmark’s indicated dividend for 2015 is $0.92 per common share, which is the same as dividends per common share in 2014.

Liquidity

Liquidity is the ability to ensure that sufficient cash flow and liquid assets are available to satisfy current and future financial obligations, including demand for loans and deposit withdrawals, funding operating costs and other corporate purposes.  Consistent cash flows from operations and adequate capital provide internally generated liquidity.  Furthermore, Management maintains funding capacity from a variety of external sources to meet daily funding needs, such as those required to meet deposit withdrawals, loan disbursements and security settlements.  Liquidity strategy also includes the use of wholesale funding sources to provide for the seasonal fluctuations of deposit and loan demand and the cyclical fluctuations of the economy that impact the availability of funds.  Management keeps excess funding capacity available to meet potential demands associated with adverse circumstances.

The asset side of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through maturities and cash flows from loans and securities as well as the ability to sell certain loans and securities while the liability portion of the balance sheet provides liquidity primarily through noninterest and interest-bearing deposits.  Trustmark utilizes federal funds purchased, FHLB advances, securities sold under repurchase agreements as well as the Federal Reserve Discount Window (Discount Window) and, on a limited basis as discussed below, brokered deposits to provide additional liquidity.  Access to these additional sources represents Trustmark’s incremental borrowing capacity.

Deposit accounts represent Trustmark’s largest funding source.  Average deposits totaled to $9.772 billion for the first six months of 2015 and represented approximately 80.6% of average liabilities and shareholders’ equity, compared to average deposits of $9.926 billion, which represented 83.1% of average liabilities and shareholders’ equity for the same time period in 2014.

Trustmark utilizes a limited amount of brokered deposits to supplement other wholesale funding sources.  At June 30, 2015, brokered sweep Money Market Deposit Account (MMDA) deposits totaled $23.8 million compared to $36.5 million at December 31, 2014.  Trustmark had $30.0 million of brokered CDs outstanding at June 30, 2015 compared to no brokered CDs outstanding at December 31, 2014.  The addition of these short-term brokered CDs during the first six months of 2015 was part of Trustmark’s normal periodic testing of wholesale funding capacity.

At June 30, 2015, Trustmark had $294.0 million upstream federal funds purchased, compared to $230.0 million at December 31, 2014.  Trustmark maintains adequate federal funds lines to provide sufficient short-term liquidity.  Trustmark also maintains a relationship with the FHLB of Dallas, which provided $150.0 million of outstanding short-term advances at June 30, 2015 compared to $350.0 million of short-term advances outstanding at December 31, 2014.  Trustmark chose to utilize the short-term FHLB advances as a funding source beginning in the third quarter of 2014 due to the favorable interest rates afforded by these advances as compared to other sources in the market.  Under the existing borrowing agreement, Trustmark had sufficient qualifying collateral to increase FHLB advances with the FHLB of Dallas by $1.873 billion at June 30, 2015.  In addition, at June 30, 2015, Trustmark had $7.8 million in FHLB advances outstanding with the FHLB of Atlanta, which were acquired in the BancTrust merger, compared to $8.0 million at December 31, 2014.  Trustmark has a non-member status and no additional borrowing capacity with the FHLB of Atlanta.

Additionally, Trustmark has the ability to enter into wholesale funding repurchase agreements as a source of borrowing by utilizing its unencumbered investment securities as collateral.  At June 30, 2015, Trustmark had approximately $1.036 billion available in repurchase agreement capacity compared to $893.0 million at December 31, 2014.  The increase in repurchase agreement capacity at June 30, 2015, was primarily due to a decrease in Trustmark’s public deposit pledging requirement and an increase in the investment portfolio balance.

Another borrowing source is the Discount Window.  At June 30, 2015, Trustmark had approximately $859.0 million available in collateral capacity at the Discount Window from pledges of loans and securities, compared with $955.3 million at December 31, 2014.  The decrease in Trustmark’s collateral capacity at the Discount Window was due primarily to the decrease in the commercial and industrial LHFI.

TNB has outstanding $50.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Notes due December 15, 2016.  At June 30, 2015, the carrying amount of the Notes was $50.0 million.  The Notes were sold pursuant to the terms of regulations issued by the OCC and in reliance upon an exemption provided by the Securities Act of 1933.  The Notes are unsecured and subordinate and junior in right of payment to TNB’s obligations to its depositors, its obligations under bankers’ acceptances and letters of credit, its obligations to any Federal Reserve Bank or the FDIC and its obligations to its other creditors, and to any rights acquired by the FDIC as a result of loans made by the FDIC to TNB.

During 2006, Trustmark completed a private placement of $60.0 million of trust preferred securities through a newly formed Delaware trust affiliate, the Trust.  The trust preferred securities mature September 30, 2036 and are redeemable at Trustmark’s option.  The proceeds from the sale of the trust preferred securities were used by the Trust to purchase $61.9 million in aggregate principal amount of Trustmark’s junior subordinated debentures.
 
83

The Board of Directors currently has the authority to issue up to 20.0 million preferred shares with no par value.  The ability to issue preferred shares in the future will provide Trustmark with additional financial and management flexibility for general corporate and acquisition purposes.  At June 30, 2015, Trustmark had no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding.

Liquidity position and strategy are reviewed regularly by the Asset/Liability Committee and continuously adjusted in relationship to Trustmark’s overall strategy.  Management believes that Trustmark has sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet presently known cash flow requirements arising from ongoing business transactions.

Asset/Liability Management

Overview

Market risk reflects the potential risk of loss arising from adverse changes in interest rates and market prices.  Trustmark has risk management policies to monitor and limit exposure to market risk.  Trustmark’s primary market risk is interest rate risk created by core banking activities.  Interest rate risk is the potential variability of the income generated by Trustmark’s financial products or services, which results from changes in various market interest rates.  Market rate changes may take the form of absolute shifts, variances in the relationships between different rates and changes in the shape or slope of the interest rate term structure.

Management continually develops and applies cost-effective strategies to manage these risks.  The Asset/Liability Committee sets the day-to-day operating guidelines, approves strategies affecting net interest income and coordinates activities within policy limits established by the Board of Directors.  A key objective of the asset/liability management program is to quantify, monitor and manage interest rate risk and to assist Management in maintaining stability in the net interest margin under varying interest rate environments.

Derivatives

Trustmark uses financial derivatives for management of interest rate risk.  The Asset/Liability Committee, in its oversight role for the management of interest rate risk, approves the use of derivatives in balance sheet hedging strategies.  The most common derivatives employed by Trustmark are interest rate lock commitments, forward contracts (both futures contracts and options on futures contracts), interest rate swaps, interest rate caps and interest rate floors.  As a general matter, the values of these instruments are designed to be inversely related to the values of the assets that they hedge (i.e., if the value of the hedged asset falls, the value of the related hedge rises).  In addition, Trustmark has entered into derivatives contracts as counterparty to one or more customers in connection with loans extended to those customers.  These transactions are designed to hedge interest rate, currency or other exposures of the customers and are not entered into by Trustmark for speculative purposes.  Increased federal regulation of the derivatives markets may increase the cost to Trustmark to administer derivatives programs.

On April 4, 2013, Trustmark entered into a forward interest rate swap contract on junior subordinated debentures with a total notional amount of $60.0 million.  The interest rate swap contract was designated as a derivative instrument in a cash flow hedge under FASB ASC Topic 815, with the objective of protecting the quarterly interest payments on Trustmark’s $60.0 million of junior subordinated debentures issued to the Trust throughout the five-year period beginning December 31, 2014 and ending December 31, 2019 from the risk of variability of those payments resulting from changes in the three-month LIBOR interest rate.  Under the swap, which became effective on December 31, 2014, Trustmark will pay a fixed interest rate of 1.66% and receive a variable interest rate based on three-month LIBOR on a total notional amount of $60.0 million, with quarterly net settlements.

No ineffectiveness related to the interest rate swap designated as a cash flow hedge was recognized in the consolidated statements of income during the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014.  The accumulated net after-tax loss related to the effective cash flow hedge included in AOCL totaled $37 thousand at June 30, 2015 compared to an accumulated net after-tax gain of $136 thousand at December 31, 2014.  Amounts reported in AOCL related to this derivative are reclassified to other interest expense as interest payments are made on Trustmark’s variable rate junior subordinated debentures.  During the next twelve months, Trustmark estimates that $704 thousand will be reclassified as an increase to other interest expense.

As part of Trustmark’s risk management strategy in the mortgage banking area, various derivative instruments such as interest rate lock commitments and forward sales contracts are utilized.  Rate lock commitments are residential mortgage loan commitments with customers, which guarantee a specified interest rate for a specified period of time.  Trustmark’s obligations under forward contracts consist of commitments to deliver mortgage loans, originated and/or purchased, in the secondary market at a future date.  The gross, notional amount of Trustmark’s off-balance sheet obligations under these derivative instruments totaled $435.4 million at June 30, 2015, with a negative valuation adjustment of $336 thousand, compared to $230.4 million, with a positive valuation adjustment of $285 thousand at December 31, 2014.
 
84

Trustmark utilizes a portfolio of exchange-traded derivative instruments, such as Treasury note futures contracts and option contracts, to achieve a fair value return that economically hedges changes in fair value of MSR attributable to interest rates.  These transactions are considered freestanding derivatives that do not otherwise qualify for hedge accounting.  These exchange-traded derivative instruments are accounted for at fair value with changes in the fair value recorded in noninterest income in mortgage banking, net and are offset by the changes in the fair value of MSR.  The MSR fair value represents the present value of future cash flows, which among other things includes decay and the effect of changes in interest rates.  Ineffectiveness of hedging the MSR fair value is measured by comparing the change in value of hedge instruments to the change in the fair value of the MSR asset attributable to changes in interest rates and other market driven changes in valuation inputs and assumptions.  The impact of this strategy resulted in a net positive ineffectiveness of $2.1 million and $546 thousand for the three months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  For the six months ended June 30, 2015 and 2014, the impact was a net positive ineffectiveness of $3.4 million and $2.4 million, respectively.  The increase in the net positive ineffectiveness was primarily due to the mortgage spread tightening during the second quarter of 2014 compared to no change in the mortgage spread during the second quarter of 2015 as well as the increase in mortgage rates during the second quarter of 2015 compared to a decrease in mortgage rates during the second quarter of 2014.

Trustmark offers certain derivatives products directly to qualified commercial lending clients seeking to manage their interest rate risk.  Trustmark economically hedges interest rate swap transactions executed with commercial lending clients by entering into offsetting interest rate swap transactions with institutional derivatives market participants.  Derivatives transactions executed as part of this program are not designated as qualifying hedging relationships under GAAP and are, therefore, carried on Trustmark’s financial statements at fair value with the change in fair value recorded in noninterest income in bank card and other fees.  Because these derivatives have mirror-image contractual terms, in addition to collateral provisions which mitigate the impact of non-performance risk, the changes in fair value are expected to substantially offset.  As of June 30, 2015, Trustmark had interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $348.0 million related to this program, compared to $349.4 million as of December 31, 2014.

Trustmark has agreements with its financial institution counterparties that contain provisions where if Trustmark defaults on any of its indebtedness, including default where repayment of the indebtedness has not been accelerated by the lender, then Trustmark could also be deemed to be in default on its derivatives obligations.

As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the termination value of interest rate swaps in a liability position, which includes accrued interest but excludes any adjustment for nonperformance risk, related to these agreements was $1.9 million.  As of June 30, 2015, Trustmark had posted collateral of $2.0 million against its obligations because of negotiated thresholds and minimum transfer amounts under these agreements.  If Trustmark had breached any of these triggering provisions at June 30, 2015, it could have been required to settle its obligations under the agreements at the termination value (which is expected to approximate fair market value).

Credit risk participation agreements arise when Trustmark contracts with other financial institutions, as a guarantor or beneficiary, to share credit risk associated with certain interest rate swaps.  These agreements provide for reimbursement of losses resulting from a third party default on the underlying swap.  As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Trustmark had entered into three risk participation agreements as a beneficiary with an aggregate notional amount of $18.8 million and $19.1 million, respectively.  As of June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014, Trustmark had entered into one risk participation agreement as a guarantor with an aggregate notional amount of $6.0 million and $6.2 million, respectively.  The fair values of these risk participation agreements were immaterial at June 30, 2015 and December 31, 2014.

Trustmark’s participation in the derivatives markets is subject to increased federal regulation of the derivatives markets.  This includes the Volcker Rule, which prohibits Trustmark from maintaining proprietary positions in derivatives or other swaps, subject to certain exceptions (including exceptions for risk-mitigating hedging activities and market-making activities).  Trustmark believes that it may continue to use financial derivatives to manage interest rate risk and also to offer derivatives products to certain qualified commercial lending clients pursuant to exemptions for such activities afforded by the Volcker Rule.  However, the increased federal regulation of the derivatives markets has increased the cost to Trustmark of administering its derivatives programs.  Some of these costs (particularly compliance costs related to the Volcker Rule and other federal regulations) are expected to recur in the future.

Market/Interest Rate Risk Management

The primary purpose in managing interest rate risk is to invest capital effectively and preserve the value created by the core banking business.  This is accomplished through the development and implementation of lending, funding, pricing and hedging strategies designed to maximize net interest income performance under varying interest rate environments subject to specific liquidity and interest rate risk guidelines.
 
85

Financial simulation models are the primary tools used by Trustmark’s Asset/Liability Committee to measure interest rate exposure.  Using a wide range of scenarios, Management is provided with extensive information on the potential impact on net interest income caused by changes in interest rates.  Models are structured to simulate cash flows and accrual characteristics of Trustmark’s balance sheet.  Assumptions are made about the direction and volatility of interest rates, the slope of the yield curve and the changing composition of Trustmark’s balance sheet, resulting from both strategic plans and customer behavior.  In addition, the model incorporates Management’s assumptions and expectations regarding such factors as loan and deposit growth, pricing, prepayment speeds and spreads between interest rates.

Based on the results of the simulation models using static balances, it is estimated that net interest income may increase 2.0% in a one-year, shocked, up 200 basis point rate shift scenario, compared to a base case, flat rate scenario at June 30, 2015, compared to an increase in net interest income of 1.1% at June 30, 2014.  In the event of a 100 basis point decrease in interest rates using static balances at June 30, 2015 and 2014, it is estimated that net interest income may decrease by 5.4% and 3.2%, respectively.  At June 30, 2015 and 2014, the impact of a 200 basis point drop scenario was not calculated due to the low interest rate environment.  The table below summarizes the effect various interest rate shift scenarios would have on net interest income at June 30, 2015 and 2014:


   
Estimated % Change
in Net Interest Income
 
Change in Interest Rates
 
2015
   
2014
 
+200 basis points
   
2.0
%
   
1.1
%
+100 basis points
   
1.1
%
   
0.5
%
-100 basis points
   
-5.4
%
   
-3.2
%
 
As shown in the table above, the interest rate shocks for the first six months of 2015 illustrate little change in net interest income in rising rate scenarios while displaying modest exposure to a falling rate environment.  The exposure to falling rates is primarily due to a downward repricing of various earning assets with minimal contribution from liabilities given the already low cost of deposits in the base scenario.  Management cannot provide any assurance about the actual effect of changes in interest rates on net interest income.  The estimates provided do not include the effects of possible strategic changes in the balances of various assets and liabilities throughout 2015 or additional actions Trustmark could undertake in response to changes in interest rates.  Management will continue to prudently manage the balance sheet in an effort to control interest rate risk and maintain profitability over the long term.

Another component of interest rate risk management is measuring the economic value-at-risk for a given change in market interest rates.  The economic value-at-risk may indicate risks associated with longer-term balance sheet items that may not affect net interest income at risk over shorter time periods.  Trustmark uses computer-modeling techniques to determine the present value of all asset and liability cash flows (both on- and off-balance sheet), adjusted for prepayment expectations, using a market discount rate.  The economic value of equity (EVE), also known as net portfolio value, is defined as the difference between the present value of asset cash flows and the present value of liability cash flows.  The resulting change in EVE in different market rate environments, from the base case scenario, is the amount of EVE at risk from those rate environments.  As of June 30, 2015 and 2014, the EVE at risk for an instantaneous up 200 basis point shift in rates could produce an increase in net portfolio value of 3.9% and 5.8%, respectively.  An instantaneous 100 basis point decrease in interest rates could produce a decline in net portfolio value of 8.0% and 4.1% at June 30, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  At June 30, 2015 and 2014, the impact of a 200 basis point drop scenario was not calculated due to the historically low interest rate environment.  The following table summarizes the effect that various interest rate shifts would have on net portfolio value at June 30, 2015 and 2014:

   
Estimated % Change
in Net Portfolio Value
 
Change in Interest Rates
 
2015
   
2014
 
+200 basis points
   
3.9
%
   
5.8
%
+100 basis points
   
3.0
%
   
4.4
%
-100 basis points
   
-8.0
%
   
-4.1
%

 
Trustmark determines the fair value of MSR using a valuation model administered by a third party that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income.  The model incorporates assumptions that market participants use in estimating future net servicing income, including estimates of prepayment speeds, discount rate, default rates, cost to service (including delinquency and foreclosure costs), escrow account earnings, contractual servicing fee income and other ancillary income such as late fees.  Management reviews all significant assumptions quarterly.  Mortgage loan prepayment speeds, a key assumption in the model, is the annual rate at which borrowers are forecasted to repay their mortgage loan principal.  The discount rate used to determine the present value of estimated future net servicing income, another key assumption in the model, is an estimate of the required rate of return investors in the market would require for an asset with similar risk.  Both assumptions can, and generally will, change as market conditions and interest rates change.
 
86

By way of example, an increase in either the prepayment speed or discount rate assumption will result in a decrease in the fair value of the MSR, while a decrease in either assumption will result in an increase in the fair value of the MSR.  In recent years, there have been significant market-driven fluctuations in loan prepayment speeds and discount rates.  These fluctuations can be rapid and may continue to be significant.  Therefore, estimating prepayment speed and/or discount rates within ranges that market participants would use in determining the fair value of MSR requires significant management judgment.

At June 30, 2015, the MSR fair value was approximately $71.4 million, compared to $65.0 million at June 30, 2014.  The impact on the MSR fair value of a 10% adverse change in prepayment speed or a 100 basis point increase in discount rate at June 30, 2015, would be a decline in fair value of approximately $2.3 million and $2.5 million, respectively, compared to a decline in fair value of approximately $2.5 million and $2.0 million, respectively, at June 30, 2014.  Changes of equal magnitude in the opposite direction would produce similar increases in fair value in the respective amounts.

Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements

For a complete list of recently adopted and pending accounting policies and the impact on Trustmark, see Note 19 – Accounting Policies Recently Adopted and Pending Accounting Pronouncements located elsewhere in this report.

ITEM 3.
QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The information required by this item is included in the discussion of Market/Interest Rate Risk Management found in Management’s Discussion and Analysis.

ITEM 4.
CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, an evaluation was carried out by Trustmark’s Management, with the participation of its Chief Executive Officer and Treasurer and Principal Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer), of the effectiveness of Trustmark’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934). Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer concluded that Trustmark’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There has been no change in Trustmark’s internal control over financial reporting during the last fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, Trustmark’s internal control over financial reporting.

PART II.  OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1.
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Information required by this item is set forth in under the heading “Legal Proceedings” of Note 12 – Contingencies in Part I. Item 1. – Financial Statements – of this report.

ITEM 1A.
RISK FACTORS

There has been no material change in the risk factors previously disclosed in Trustmark’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for its fiscal year ended December 31, 2014.

ITEM 2.
UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Trustmark did not engage in any unregistered sales of equity securities during the second quarter of 2015.

ITEM 3.
DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES

None

ITEM 4.
MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable
 
87

ITEM 5.
OTHER INFORMATION

None

ITEM 6.
EXHIBITS

The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index are filed herewith or are incorporated herein by reference.
 
EXHIBIT INDEX

Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
Certification by Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
Certification by Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. ss. 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
 
All other exhibits are omitted, as they are inapplicable or not required by the related instructions.
 
88

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
 
TRUSTMARK CORPORATION

BY:
 /s/ Gerard R. Host
BY:
 /s/ Louis E. Greer
 
 Gerard R. Host
 
Louis E. Greer
 
 President and Chief Executive Officer
 
Treasurer, Principal Financial Officer and
 
Principal Accounting Officer
       
DATE:
 August 6, 2015
DATE:
 August 6, 2015
 
 
89